Main Search Form List of RADIO-CATALOG Catalogs Tips Archive Hera Data Analysis Help

AEGIS20 Catalog

This table contains results from AEGIS20, a radio survey of the Extended Groth Strip (EGS) conducted with the Very Large Array (VLA) at a frequency of 1.4 GHz. The resulting catalog contains 1122 emitters (HEASARC Note: The abstract of the original reference paper said 1123, but as noted by Willner et al. (2012, ApJ, 756, 72: footnote 10, one entry ('EGS20 J142303.7+532224.5') was listed twice in the original catalog), and it is sensitive to ultraluminous (1012 solar luminosities) starbursts to z <= 1.3, well matched to the redshift range of the DEEP2 spectroscopic survey in this region. The authors use stacking techniques to explore the microJansky-level emission from a variety of galaxy populations selected via conventional criteria - Lyman break galaxies (LBGs), distant red galaxies (DRGs), UV-selected galaxies, and extremely red objects (EROs) - determining their properties as a function of color, magnitude, and redshift and their extinction-free contributions to the history of star formation. This study confirms the familiar pattern that the star formation rate (SFR) density, increases by at least a factor of ~ 5 from z = 0 to 1, although the authors note highly discrepant UV- and radio-based SFR estimates. Their radio-based SFRs become more difficult to interpret at z > 1 where correcting for contamination by radio-loud active galactic nuclei (AGNs) comes at the price of rejecting luminous starbursts. While stacking radio images is a useful technique, accurate radio-based SFRs for z >> 1 galaxies require precise redshifts and extraordinarily high fidelity radio data to identify and remove accretion-related emission.

Data were obtained at 1.4 GHz during 2003 to 2005 with the VLA in its B configuration, acquiring seven 3.125 MHz channels every 5 s at each of four intermediate frequencies. Data were obtained at six positions, spaced by 15 arcminutes, concentrating in the northern half of the EGS because of the proximity of 3C 295 (a 23 Jy source at 1.4 GHz). Around 18 hours of data were acquired for each of the field positions. Calibrated visibilities and associated weights were used to generate mosaics of 37 x 5122 x 0.8 arcsec2 pixel images to quilt the VLA's primary beam in each EGS field position. CLEAN boxes were placed tightly around all sources, and a series of IMAGR and CALIB tasks were run, clipping the UV data after subtracting CLEAN components generated by the third iteration of IMAGR. The central images from each of the pointings were then knitted together using FLATN, ignoring data beyond the primary beam's half-power point, to produce a large mosaic. The synthesized beam is circular, with a FWHM of ~ 3.8 arcseconds. To define a sample of radio sources, the authors searched signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) images using the SAD detection algorithm, emulating the technique described by Biggs & Ivison (2006, MNRAS, 371, 963). Sources with >= 4-sigma peaks were fitted with two-dimensional Gaussians using JMFIT, and those with >- 5-sigma peaks that survived were fitted in total intensity. Sources with sizes equal to or smaller than the restoring beam were considered unresolved. No correction is made for bandwidth smearing in the catalog; this is a small effect (~ 5%) given the mosaicking strategy and the use of the B configuration. 38, 79, 171, 496, and 1123 sources are detected with 1.4 GHz flux densities >= 2000, >= 800, >= 320, >= 130 and >= 50 microJansky (uJy) [including the duplicate source mentioned above], where the 5-sigma detection limits at 130 and 50 uJy cover 0.73 and 0.04 deg2, respectively. Confusion is not an issue; the source density on an arcmin2 scale is < 0.01 beam-1.


AEGIS20ID Catalog

Infrared 3.6 - 8.0 micron (µm) images of the Extended Groth Strip (EGS) yield plausible counterpart identifications for all but one of 510 radio sources in the AEGIS20 S(1.4 GHz) > 50 microJansky (µJy) sample (Ivison et al. 2007, ApJ, 660, L77, available at the HEASARC as the AEGIS20 database table). This is the first such deep sample that has been effectively 100% identified. Achieving the same identification rate at R band would require observations reaching RAB > 27. Spectroscopic redshifts are available for 46% of the sample and photometric redshifts for an additional 47%. Almost all of the sources with 3.6-um AB magnitudes brighter than 19 have spectroscopic redshifts z < 1.1, while fainter objects predominantly have photometric redshifts with 1 <~ z <~ 3. Unlike more powerful radio sources that are hosted by galaxies having large stellar masses within a relatively narrow range, the AEGIS20 counterparts have stellar masses spanning more than a factor of 10 at z ~ 1. The sources are roughly 10% - 15% starbursts at z <~ 0.5 and 20%-25% active galactic nuclei mostly at z > 1, with the remainder of uncertain nature.

Throughout this study, magnitudes are in the AB system, and the notation [w] means the AB magnitude at wavelength w in um. Source distances are based on standard Lambda-CDM cosmology with H0 = 71 km s-1 Mpc-1 and OmegaM = 0.27. Practical calculation of luminosity distances was based on the program ANGSIX (Kayser et al. 1997, A&A, 318, 680).


AMI10C15GZ Catalog

In a previous paper (AMI Consortium 2011, MNRAS, 415, 2699: Paper I), the observational, mapping and source-extraction techniques used for the Tenth Cambridge (10C) Survey of Radio Sources were described. Here, the first results from the survey, carried out using the Arcminute Microkelvin Imager (AMI) Large Array (LA) at an observing frequency of 15.7 GHz, are presented. The survey fields cover an area of ~ 27 deg2 to a flux-density completeness of 1 mJy. Results for some deeper areas, covering ~ 12 deg2, which are wholly contained within the total areas and complete to 0.5 mJy, are also presented. The completeness for both areas is estimated to be at least 93 per cent. The 10C survey is the deepest radio survey of any significant extent (>~ 0.2 deg2) above 1.4 GHz.

The 10C source catalogue contains 1897 entries detected above a flux density threshold of > 4.62 sigma, and is available here and at the authors' web site http://www.mrao.cam.ac.uk/surveys/10C. The source catalog has been combined with that of the Ninth Cambridge Survey to calculate the 15.7-GHz source counts. A broken power law is found to provide a good parametrization of the differential count between 0.5 mJy and 1 Jy. The measured source count has been compared with that predicted by de Zotti et al. (2005, A&A, 431, 893, and the model is found to display good agreement with the data at the highest flux densities. However, over the entire flux-density range of the measured count (0.5 mJy to 1 Jy), the model is found to underpredict the integrated count by ~ 30 per cent. Entries from the source catalog have been matched with those contained in the catalogues of the NRAO VLA Sky Survey and the Faint Images of the Radio Sky at Twenty-cm survey (both of which have observing frequencies of 1.4 GHz). This matching provides evidence for a shift in the typical 1.4-GHz spectral index to 15.7-GHz spectral index of the 15.7-GHz-selected source population with decreasing flux density towards sub-mJy levels - the spectra tend to become less steep.

Automated methods for detecting extended sources, developed in Paper I, have been applied to the data; ~ 5 per cent of the sources are found to be extended relative to the LA-synthesized beam of ~ 30 arcsec. Investigations using higher resolution data showed that most of the genuinely extended sources at 15.7 GHz are classical doubles, although some nearby galaxies and twin-jet sources were also identified.


AMIGPS16GH Catalog

The Arcminute Microkelvin Imager (AMI) Galactic Plane Survey is a large-area survey of the outer Galactic plane to provide arcminute resolution (approximately 3 arcminutes) images at milli-Jansky (mJy) sensitivity in the centimeter-wave band. This table contains results from the first data release of the survey, consisting of 868 deg2 of the Galactic plane, covering the area above 40 degrees Declination (corresponding to 76 to 170 degrees Galactic Longitude) between Galactic Latitudes of -5 to +5 degrees at a central frequency of 15.75 GHz (1.9 cm). The noise level in the survey is <~ 3mJy/beam away from bright sources. This table contains the source catalog of 3503 radio sources detected with peak flux densities at or greater than 5 sigma.

In their paper, the authors describe in detail the drift-scan observations which have been used to construct the maps, including the techniques used for observing, mapping and source extraction, and summarize the properties of the finalized data sets. These observations constitute the most sensitive Galactic plane survey of large extent at centimeter-wave frequencies greater than 1.4 GHz.


ASKAPBETA Catalog

The Boolardy Engineering Test Array (BETA) is a 6 x 12m-dish interferometer and the prototype of the Australian Square Kilometre Array Pathfinder (ASKAP), equipped with the first generation of ASKAP's phased array feed (PAF) receivers. These facilitate rapid wide-area imaging via the deployment of simultaneous multiple beams within an ~30 deg2 field of view. By cycling the array through 12 interleaved pointing positions and using nine digitally formed beams, the authors have effectively mimicked a traditional 1 hours x 108 pointing survey, covering ~150 deg2 over 711-1015 MHz in just 12 hours of observing time. Three such observations were executed over the course of a week. The authors verified the full bandwidth continuum imaging performance and stability of the system via self-consistency checks and comparisons to existing radio data. The combined three epoch image has arcminute resolution and a 1-sigma thermal noise level of 375 µJy/beam, although the effective noise is a factor of ~3 higher due to residual sidelobe confusion. From this, the authors have derived a catalog of 3,722 discrete radio components, using the 35% fractional bandwidth to measure in-band spectral indices for 1037 of them. A search for transient events reveals one significantly variable source within the survey area. The survey covers approximately two-thirds of the Spitzer South Pole Telescope (SPT) Deep Field. This pilot project demonstrates the viability and potential of using PAFs to rapidly and accurately survey the sky at radio wavelengths.

The target field was observed with BETA on three separate occasions as part of the commissioning and verification of the instrument. The telescope delivers 304 MHz of instantaneous bandwidth and for these observations the sky frequency range was 711-1015 MHz, corresponding to a fractional bandwidth of 35%. The data were captured with a frequency resolution of 18.5 kHz, using 16,416 frequency channels across the band.

The PYBDSM source finder was used to extract a component catalog from the deep mosaic image formed from a combination of all epochs and sub-bands. Components were fit to islands of emission that had a peak brightness of >5 sigma and an island boundary threshold of >3 sigma, where sigma is the local estimate of the background noise level. Component spectral indices were assigned by matching positions at which spectral indices were successfully fit (Section 4.5 of the reference paper). Following the excision of some spurious detections at the noisy edge of the mosaic, the final catalog contains 3,722 components, 1,037 of which have in-band spectral index measurements.


AT20G Catalog

The Australia Telescope 20-GHz Survey (AT20G) is a blind radio survey carried out at 20 GHz with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) from 2004 to 2008, and covers the whole sky south of declination 0 degrees. The AT20G source catalogue presented here is an order of magnitude larger than any previous catalogue of high-frequency radio sources, and includes 5890 sources above a 20-GHz flux-density limit of 40 mJy. All AT20G sources have total intensity and polarisation measured at 20 GHz, and most sources south of declination -15 degrees also have near-simultaneous flux-density measurements at 5 and 8 GHz. A total of 1559 sources were detected in polarised total intensity at one or more of the three frequencies.

The completeness of the AT20G source catalog is 91% above 100 mJy/beam and 79% above 50 mJy/beam in regions south of Declination -15 degrees. North of -15 degrees, some observations of sources between 14 and 20 hours in RA were lost due to bad weather and could not be repeated, so the catalog completeness is lower in this region. Each detected source was visually inspected as part of the authors' quality control processs, and so the reliability of the final catalog is essentially 100%.


AT20G1FGL Catalog

The high-frequency radio sky, like the gamma-ray sky surveyed by the Fermi satellite, is dominated by flat-spectrum radio quasars and BL Lac objects at bright flux levels. To investigate the relationship between radio and gamma-ray emission in extragalactic sources, the authors have cross-matched the Australia Telescope 20-GHz survey catalog (AT20G: Murphy et al. 2010, MNRAS, 402, 2403, available as a HEASARC Browse table) with the Fermi-LAT 1-year Point Source Catalog (1FGL: Abdo et al. 2010, ApJS, 188, 405, also available as the HEASARC Browse table FERMILPSC). The 6.0 sr of sky covered by both catalogs (Declination < 0 degrees, |b| > 1.5 degrees) contains 5890 AT20G radio sources and 604 1FGL gamma-ray sources. The AT20G source positions are accurate to within ~1 arcsec and, after excluding known Galactic sources, 43% of Fermi 1FGL sources have an AT20G source within the 95% Fermi confidence ellipse. Monte Carlo tests imply that at least 95% of these matches are genuine associations. Only five gamma-ray sources (1% of the Fermi catalog) have more than one AT20G counterpart in the Fermi error box. The AT20G matches also generally support the active galactic nucleus (AGN) associations in the First LAT AGN Catalog. The authors find a trend of increasing gamma-ray flux density with 20 GHz radio flux density. The Fermi detection rate of AT20G sources is close to 100% for the brightest 20 GHz sources, decreasing to 20% at 1 Jy, and to roughly 1% at 100 mJy. Eight of the matched AT20G sources have no association listed in 1FGL and are presented here as potential gamma-ray AGNs for the first time. The authors also identify an alternative AGN counterpart to one 1FGL source. The percentage of Fermi sources with AT20G detections decreases toward the Galactic plane, suggesting that the 1FGL catalog contains at least 50 Galactic gamma-ray sources in the southern hemisphere that are yet to be identified.

This table contains the complete list of all 233 Fermi-AT20G matches.


AT20GBSPOL Catalog

This table contains polarization data for 180 extragalactic sources extracted from the Australia Telescope 20-GHz (AT20G) survey catalog and observed with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) during a dedicated, high sensitivity run (sigmaP ~ 1 mJy). For the sake of completeness, the authors extracted the polarization information for seven extended sources from the 9-yr Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe co-added maps at 23 GHz. The full sample of 187 sources constitutes a ~ 99% complete sample of extragalactic sources brighter than S20GHz = 500 mJy at the selection epoch with Declination below -30o. The sample has a 91.4% detection rate in polarization at ~ 20 GHz (94% if considering the sub-sample of point-like sources). The authors have measurements also at 4.8 and 8.6 GHz within ~1 month of the 20-GHz observations for 172 sources so as to reconstruct the spectral properties of the sample in total intensity and in polarization: 143 of them have a polarization detection at all three frequencies.

The authors find that there is no statistically significant evidence of a relationship either between the fraction of polarization and frequency or between the fraction of polarization and the total intensity flux density. This indicates that Faraday depolarization is not very important above 4.8 GHz and that the magnetic field is not substantially more ordered in the regions dominating the emission at higher frequencies (up to 20 GHz). The authors estimate the distribution of the polarization fraction and the polarized flux density source counts at ~20 GHz.

The selection of the sample was based on the list of confirmed AT20G sources available at the epoch of these observations (2006 October). The authors selected all objects with flux density S20GHz > 500 mJy and Declination below -30o, excluding the Galactic plane region (|b| <= 1.5o^) and the Large Magellanic Cloud (LMC) region (inside a circle of 5.5o radius centered at RA =05:23:34.7 and Dec=-69:45:22 in J2000.0 coordinates). This resulted in a complete sample of 189 sources. The observations were taken on October 1, 2006 using the most compact hybrid configuration of ATCA, H75, excluding the data from the farthest antenna. The longest baseline of this configuration is 75 m, and its T-shape ensures adequate Fourier coverage for snapshots taken on a relatively small range of hour angles and at high elevation.

In a number of cases, indicated by source_flags values of 's', 'f' or 'w', the highest frequency data is not at 18 GHz, but at 20 or 23 GHz.


AT20GBSS Catalog

The Australia Telescope 20-GHz (AT20G) Survey is a blind survey of the whole southern sky at 20 GHz (with follow-up observations at 4.8 and 8.6 GHz) carried out with the Australia Telescope Compact Array from 2004 to 2007. The Bright Source Sample (BSS) is a complete flux-limited sub-sample of the AT20G Survey catalog comprising 320 extragalactic (|b| > 1.5 degrees) radio sources south of declination -15 degrees with 20-GHz flux densities S20GHz > 0.50 Jy (500 mJy). Of these sources, 218 have near simultaneous observations at 8 and 5 GHz.

In the reference paper, the authors present an analysis of the radio spectral properties in total intensity and polarization, size, optical identifications and redshift distribution of the BSS sources. Optical identifications provided an estimation of redshift for 186 sources with median values of 1.20 and 0.13 for QSOs and galaxies, respectively.


AT20GHARC Catalog

This table contains the high-angular-resolution catalog for the Australia Telescope 20-GHz (AT20G) survey, using the high-angular-resolution 6-km antenna data at the baselines of ~4500 m of the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). The authors have used the data to produce the visibility catalog that separates the compact active galactic nuclei (AGNs) from the extended radio sources at the 0.15-arcsecond angular scale, corresponding to the linear size scale of 1 kpc at redshifts higher than 0.7. They find the radio population at 20 GHz to be dominated by compact AGNs constituting 77% of the total sources in the AT20G. In the paper, they introduce the visibility-spectra diagnostic plot, produced using the AT20G cross-matches with lower frequency radio surveys at 1 GHz [the NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS: Condon et al. 1998, AJ, 115, 1693) and the Sydney University Molonglo Sky Survey (SUMSS: Mauch et al. 2003, MNRAS, 342, 1117)], that separates the 20-GHz population into distinct sub-populations of the compact AGNs, the compact steep-spectrum (CSS) sources, the extended AGN-powered sources and extended flat-spectrum sources. The extended flat-spectrum sources include a local thermal emitting population of high-latitude planetary nebulae and also gravitational lens and binary black hole candidates among the AGNs. The authors find a smooth transition in properties between the CSS sources and the AGN populations. The visibility catalog, together with the main AT20G survey, provides an estimate of angular size scales for sources in the AT20G and an estimate of the flux arising from central cores of extended radio sources. The identification of the compact AGNs in the AT20G survey provides high-quality calibrators for high-frequency radio telescope arrays and very large baseline interferometry observations.

AT2FGLUS Catalog

The authors report results of the first phase of observations with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) at 5 and 9 GHz of the fields around 411 gamma-ray sources having declinations less than +10 degrees which were detected by the Fermi Gamma-ray Space Telescope, but marked as unassociated in the 2nd Fermi Large-Area Telescope (2FGL) Catalog (available at the HEASARC as the FERMILPSC table). They have detected 424 radio sources with flux densities in the range from 2 mJy to 6 Jy in the fields of 283 gamma-ray sources within their gamma-ray position error ellipses (drawn to cover the area of 99 per cent probability of their localization). Of these, 146 objects were detected in both 5- and 9-GHz bands. The authors found 84 sources with spectral indices flatter than -0.5 in their sample. The majority of detected sources are weaker than 100 mJy and for this reason were not found in previous surveys. Approximately 1/3 of this sample, 128 objects, have the probability of being associated which is more than 10 times the probability of their being a background source found in the vicinity of the gamma-ray object by chance. This table contains the catalog of positions of these radio sources, estimates of their flux densities and their spectral indices, when available.

ATATS Catalog

This table contains the source catalog from the Allen Telescope Array Twenty-centimeter Survey (ATATS), a multi-epoch (12 visits), 690 deg2 radio image and catalog at 1.4 GHz. The survey is designed to detect rare, very bright transients as well as to verify the capabilities of the ATA to form large mosaics. The combined image using data from all 12 ATATS epochs has an rms noise sigma = 3.94 mJy beam-1 and a dynamic range of 180, with a circular beam of 150 arcseconds FWHM. It contains 4408 sources to a limiting sensitivity of 5 sigma = 20 mJy beam-1. The authors compare the catalog generated from this 12-epoch combined image to the NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS), a legacy survey at the same frequency, and find that they can measure source positions to better than ~ 20 arcseconds. For sources above the ATATS completeness limit, the median flux density is 97% of the median value for matched NVSS sources, indicative of an accurate overall flux calibration. The authors examine the effects of source confusion due to the effects of differing resolution between the ATATS and NVSS on their ability to compare flux densities. They detect no transients at flux densities greater than 40 mJy in comparison with NVSS and place a 2 sigma upper limit of 0.004 deg-2 on the transient rate for such sources. These results suggest that the >~ 1 Jy transients reported by Matsumara et al. (2009, AJ, 138, 787) may not be true transients, but rather variable sources at their flux density threshold.

ATCAADFS20 Catalog

The results of a deep radio survey at a wavelength of 20 cm are reported for a region containing the AKARI Deep Field South (ADF-S) near the South Ecliptic Pole (SEP), using the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). The survey (hereafter referred to as the ATCA-ADFS survey) has 1-sigma detection limits ranging from 18.7 to 50 microJansky per beam (uJy/beam, over an area of ~1.1 deg2, and ~2.5 deg2 to lower sensitivity. The observations, data reduction and source count analysis are presented in the paper, along with a description of the overall scientific objectives, and a catalog containing 530 radio sources detected with a resolution of 6.2 x 4.9 arcseconds (contained herein).

The AKARI Deep Field South survey was primarily made in the far-infrared at wavelengths of 65, 90, 140, 160 micron (um) over a 12 deg2 area with the AKARI Far-Infrared Surveyor (FIS) instrument, with shallower mid-infrared coverage at 9 and 18 um using the AKARI Infrared Camera (IRC) instrument. In addition to the wide survey, deeper mid-infrared pointed observations, using the IRC, covering ~0.8 deg2 and reaching 5-sigma sensitivities of 16, 16, 74, 132, 280 and 580 uJy at 3.2, 4.6, 7, 11, 15 and 24 um, respectively, were also carried out.

The radio observations were collected over a 13 day period in 2007 July using the ATCA operated at 1.344 and 1.432 GHz. The total integration time for the 2007 observations was 120 hours. The 2007 data were augmented with a further deep observation made in 2008 December over five nights towards a single pointing position at the ADF-S, which lay just off center of the larger ATCA-ADFS field reported here. This added a further 50 h of integration time. The data were processed in exactly the same way as that from the 2007 observing sessions.

Note that in the terminology of the authors, a radio component is described as a region of radio emission represented by a Gaussian shaped object in the map. Close radio doubles are represented by two Gaussians and are deemed to consist of two components, which make up a single source. A selection of radio sources with multiple components is shown in Fig. 3 of the reference paper.


ATCDFSSS82 Catalog

This table contains a source catalog, one of the first results from a deep, blind radio survey carried out at 20 GHz with the Australia Telescope Compact Array, with follow-up observations at 5.5, 9 and 18 GHz. The Australia Telescope 20GHz (AT20G) deep pilot survey covers a total area of 5 deg2 in the Chandra Deep Field South and in Stripe 82 of the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. The authors estimate the survey to be 90% complete above 2.5 mJy. Of the 85 sources detected, 55% have steep spectra (spectral index alpha1.420 < -0.5) and 45% have flat or inverted spectra (alpha1.420 >= -0.5). The steep-spectrum sources tend to have single power-law spectra between 1.4 and 18 GHz, while the spectral indices of the flat- or inverted-spectrum sources tend to steepen with frequency. Among the 18 inverted-spectrum (alpha1.420 >= 0.0) sources, 10 have clearly defined peaks in their spectra with alpha1.45.5 > 0.15 and alpha918 < -0.15. On a 3-yr time-scale, at least 10 sources varied by more than 15 percent at 20 GHz, showing that variability is still common at the low flux densities probed by the AT20G-Deep Pilot (AT20GDP) survey.

The AT20G-Deep Pilot survey was carried out with he ATCA in 2009 July, shortly after the telescope was provided with a new wide-bandwidth correlator, the CABB. As a result of this upgrade to the telescope, the observing bandwidth was increased by a factor of 16, from 2x128 to 2x2048 MHz, in all bands (ranging from 1.1 to 105 GHz), greatly increasing the sensitivity of continuum observations. These observations were made in continuum mode using two 2048-MHz CABB bands centered at 19 and 21 GHz, with each 2048-MHz band divided into 2048 1-MHz channels. All four Stokes parameters were measured.


ATESP1P4GH Catalog

The Australia Telescope ESO Slice Project (ATESP) survey is a radio survey which was accomplished with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) at 1.4 GHz over the region covered by the ESO Slice Project (ESP: Vettolani et al. 1997, A&A, 325, 954) galaxy redshift survey. This 26-degree2 region is centered at Declination -40 degrees, and ranges in RA from 22h 30m to 01h 15m. The ATESP survey consisted of 16 radio mosaics with 8 x 14 arcseconds resolution and uniform sensitivity (1 sigma noise level of ~ 79 microJansky) over the whole area of the ESP redshift survey. According to the reference paper, the final 6-sigma ATESP catalog contained 2960 sources down to a detection limit of ~ 0.5 mJy (6 sigma), 1402 of which are sub-mJy sources, and 189 of which are multiple sources (168 doubles, 19 triples and 2 quadruples).

This table contains the list of 6-sigma or more sources detected in the ATESP survey. For composite sources with multiple components, the individual components each have entries in this table, and there is also an entry for the entire source. Based on the numbers quoted above, this would imply that there should be (2960 + 2*168 + 3*19 + 4*2) = 3361 entries in this table. The HEASARC notes that there are actually 3370 entries in the CDS version of this table that the present table is based on, 169 of which are doubles, 19 triples and 2 quadruples, implying that this version has 2967 sources, slightly more than the number quoted in the reference paper.


ATHDFS1P4G Catalog

This table derives from a paper which is part of a series describing the results from the Australia Telescope Hubble Deep Field-South (ATHDFS) survey obtained with the Australia Telescope Compact Array. This survey consists of observations at 1.4, 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz, all centered on the Hubble Deep Field-South. Herein are presented the first results from the extended observing campaign at 1.4 GHz. A total of 466 sources have been cataloged to a local sensitivity of 5-sigma (11 microJy rms). A source extraction technique is developed that (1) successfully excludes spurious sources from the final source catalogs and (2) accounts for the nonuniform noise in the image. A source catalog is presented, and the general properties of the 1.4-GHz image are discussed in the reference paper. In the latter, the authors also present source counts derived from their ATHDFS 1.4-GHz catalog.

The 1.4 GHz observations were carried out by the Australia Telescope Compact Array over 4 years from 1998 to 2001. They consist of single pointings centered on RA (J2000.0) = 22h 33m 25.96s, Dec (J2000.0) = -60o 38' 09.0".


ATHDFS3FRQ Catalog

Deep radio observations of a wide region centered on the Hubble Deep Field-South (HDF-S) have been performed, providing one of the most sensitive sets of radio observations acquired on the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) to date. A central rms of ~ 10 microJy is reached at four frequencies (1.4, 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz). In this table, the full source catalogs from the 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz observations are presented to complement the data for the 1.4 GHz observations which were presented in Paper II (Huynh et al., 2005, AJ, 130, 1373, available at the HEASARC as the ATHDFS1P4G table) in this series, along with a detailed analysis of image quality and noise. The authors also have produced a consolidated catalog of all of their ATCA observations of the HDF-S by matching sources across all four of the frequencies in their survey (available at the HEASARC as the ATHDFSCCAT table).

The details of the observations and data reduction are discussed in detail in Paper I of this series (Norris et al., 2005, AJ, 130, 1358) and summarized in Table 1 of the reference paper. The observations consist of single pointings centered on RA (J2000.0) = 22h 33m 25.96s, Dec (J2000.0) = -60o 38' 09.0" (2.5 GHz), and RA (J2000.0) = 22h 32m 56.22s, Dec (J2000.0) = -60o 33' 02.7" (5.2 and 8.7 GHz). The 5.2 and 8.7 GHz observations are centered on the HST WFPC field, while the 2.5 GHz observations were pointed halfway between the WFPC field and a bright confusing source to allow the bright source to be well cleaned from the 2.5 GHz image.

At 5 sigma, the 5.2 and 8.7 GHz catalogs have over 96% reliability. At 2.5 GHz, the authors have enough statistics to examine the 5 - 5.5 sigma sources, and find that these are only about 40% reliable. With a SNR greater than 5.5 sigma, the 2.5 GHz catalog would have about 99% reliability. The authors thus cut off the catalogs at 5.5, 5, and 5 sigma for 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz, respectively. The final catalogs have 71, 24, and 6 sources at 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz, respectively. Given a prior 1.4 GHz position, it may be feasible to push the detection limit lower than 5 sigma. The authors searched for low-SNR sources by matching 3 - 5 sigma sources that lie within 2 sigma positional uncertainty of a 1.4 GHz source. The positional uncertainty was determined by adding the average 1.4 GHz uncertainty (1.1") in quadrature with the positional uncertainty of a 3 sigma source. At 2.5 GHz the allowed positional offset is 3.8", and for 5.2 and 8.7 GHz it is 2.8". Thus, there are 71, 18, and 2 sources at 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz, respectively, which are low-SNR high-frequency counterparts to 1.4 GHz sources. The authors included these sources in supplementary catalogs.

This HEASARC table contains all 101 primary sources detected at 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz, as well as the 91 supplementary sources described above (the latter are flagged by having source_flag values of 'S'), for a grand total of 192 radio sources.


ATHDFSCCAT Catalog

Deep radio observations of a wide region centered on the Hubble Deep Field-South (HDF-S) have been performed, providing one of the most sensitive sets of radio observations acquired on the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) to date. A central rms of ~ 10 microJy is reached at four frequencies (1.4, 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz). In this table, the combined 4-frequency AT-HDFS Catalog including fluxes and spectral indices for sources detected at 1.4, 2.5, 5.2, and/or 8.7 GHz observations is presented to complement the single-frequency radio data for the 1.4 GHz observations which were presented in Paper II (Huynh et al., 2005, AJ, 130, 1373, available at the HEASARC as the ATHDFS1P4G table) in this series, and for the 2.5, 5.2, and/or 8.7 GHz observations which were presented in the reference paper (Paper III, Huynh et al., 2007, AJ, 133, 1331, available at the HEASARC as the ATHDFS3FRQ table).

The details of the observations and data reduction are discussed in detail in Paper I of this series (Norris et al., 2005, AJ, 130, 1358) and summarized in Table 1 of the reference paper. The radio observations were carried out by the ATCA over 4 years from 1998 to 2001. The observations at 1.4 and 2.5 GHz consist of single pointings centered on RA (J2000.0) = 22h 33m 25.96s, Dec (J2000.0) = -60o 38' 09.0". The observations at 5.2 and 8.7 GHz consist of single pointings centered on RA (J2000.0) = 22h 32m 56.22s, Dec (J2000.0) = -60o 33' 02.7". The 5.2 and 8.7 GHz observations are centered on the HST WFPC field, while the 1.4 and 2.5 GHz observations were pointed halfway between the WFPC field and a bright confusing source to allow the bright source to be well cleaned from the 1.4 and 2.5 GHz images.

This HEASARC table contains the final consolidated catalog of 473 individual sources and gives the flux densities at all frequencies for each individual radio source. It contains the 466 1.4-GHz sources from Paper II together with 5 unmatched 2.5-GHz sources and 2 unmatched 8.7-GHz sources. The procedure that the authors used to construct this catalog is discussed in Section 6 of the reference paper.


ATHDFSOID Catalog

The Australia Telescope Hubble Deep Field-South (ATHDF-S) survey of the Hubble Deep Field-South (HDF-S) reaches sensitivities of ~ 10 microJy (uJy) at 1.4, 2.5, 5.2, and 8.7 GHz, making the ATHDF-S one of the deepest surveys ever performed with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). This table contains the optical identifications of the ATHDF-S radio sources (the radio data from which are available in summarized form in the HEASARC ATHDFSCCAT table) using data from the literature. The authors find that ~ 66% of the radio sources have optical counterparts to an I magnitude of 23.5 mags. Deep Hubble Space Telescope (HST) imaging of the area identifies a further 12% of the radio sources. In this table, the authors present data from new spectroscopic observations for 98 of the radio sources and supplement these spectroscopic redshifts with photometric ones calculated from five-band optical imaging.

The radio observations and data reduction are detailed in Papers I-III of this series:

I   = Norris et al., 2005, AJ, 130, 1358;
II  = Huynh et al., 2005, AJ, 130, 1373, available at the HEASARC as the
       ATHDFS1P4G table;
III = Huynh et al., 2007, AJ, 133, 1331, available at the HEASARC as the
       ATHDFSCCAT and ATHDFS3FRQ tables.
Palunas et al. (2000, ApJ, 541, 61) observed the HDF-S region using the Big Throughput Camera (BTC) on the Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory (CTIO) 4m during 1998 September. Images were taken in the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS) u, Johnson B and V, and Cousins R and I filters. In addition, the authors obtained spectra of the ATHDF-S radio sources over two service nights in 2001 July and 2003 October using the multi-fiber 2dF instrument of the Anglo-Australian Telescope (AAT). They acquired low-resolution (9 Angstrom) spectra over the wavelength range from 3800 to 8000 Angstroms.

ATLAS2P3GH Catalog

The Australia Telescope Large Area Survey (ATLAS) aims to image a 7 deg2 region centered on the European Large Area ISO Survey - South 1 (ELAIS-S1) field and the Chandra Deep Field South (CDF-S) at 1.4 GHz with high sensitivity (up to sigma ~ 10 uJy) to study the evolution of star-forming galaxies (SFGs) and Active Galactic Nuclei (AGN) over a wide range of cosmic time.

The main goal of the present work is to study the radio spectra of an unprecedentedly large sample of sources (~ 2000 observed, ~ 600 detected in both frequencies). This table contains the results from ancillary radio observations at a frequency of 2.3 GHz which were obtained with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). It comprises the catalog of sources with measured 1.4 GHz to 2.3 GHz spectral indices (Table 2 in the reference paper), compiled in the framework of ATLAS. It comprises only such sources which have unambiguous detections at both 1.4 GHz and 2.3 GHz, so no upper or lower limits on the spectral index based on non-detections are included.

The 2.3-GHz detection limit is 300 uJy (equivalent to 4.5 sigma in the ELAIS-S1 field and 4.0 sigma in the CDF-S). The authors compute spectral indices between 1.4 GHz and 2.3 GHz using matched-resolution images and investigate various properties of their source sample in their dependence on their spectral indices. The authors find the entire source sample to have a median spectral index of -0.74, in good agreement with both the canonical value of -0.7 for optically thin synchrotron radiation and other spectral index studies conducted by various groups. Regarding the radio spectral index Alpha as indicator for source type, they find only marginal correlations so that flat or inverted spectrum sources are usually powered by AGN and hence conclude that, at least for the faint population, the spectral index is not a strong discriminator. They investigate the z-Alpha relation for their source sample and find no such correlation between spectral index and redshift at all. The authors do find a significant correlation between redshift and radio to near-infrared flux ratio, making this a much stronger tracer of high-z radio sources. They also find no evidence for a dependence of the radio-IR correlation on spectral index.


ATLAS5P5GH Catalog

Star-forming galaxies are thought to dominate the sub-mJy radio population, but recent work has shown that low-luminosity active galactic nuclei (AGNs) can still make a significant contribution to the faint radio source population. Spectral indices are an important tool for understanding the emission mechanism of the faint radio sources. The authors have observed the extended Chandra Deep Field South at 5.5 GHz using a mosaic of 42 pointings with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). Their image reaches an almost uniform sensitivity of ~ 12 microJy (uJy) rms over 0.25 deg2 with a restoring beam of 4.9 arcsec x 2.0 arcsec, making the ATLAS 5.5-GHz survey one of the deepest 6-cm surveys to date. This table contains the 5.5 GHz catalog of 142 source components corresponding to the 123 sources in this field: the source counts from this field are discussed in the reference paper.

ATLASCSCPT Catalog

This table contains some of the first results from the Australia Telescope Large Area Survey (ATLAS), which consists of deep 1.4-GHz radio observations of a 3.7 deg2 field surrounding the Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S), largely coincident with the infrared Spitzer Wide-Area Infrared Extragalactic (SWIRE) Survey. A total of 784 radio components are identified, corresponding to 726 distinct radio sources, nearly all of which are identified with SWIRE sources in the companion table ATLASCSID. Of the radio sources with measured redshifts, most lie in the redshift range 0.5 to 2 and include both star-forming galaxies and active galactic nuclei. The authors identify a rare population of infrared-faint radio sources that are bright at radio wavelengths but are not seen in the available optical, infrared, or X-ray data. Such rare classes of sources can only be discovered in wide, deep surveys such as this.

The radio observations where made on 2002 Apr 4-27, Aug 24-29 and 2004 Jan 7-12, Feb 1-5, Jun 6-12 and Nov 24-30, with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). The observations in 2002 were made in a mosaic of 7 overlapping fields, for a total of 149 hours of integration time, or 21.3 hours per pointing. The observations in 2004 were taken in the AT mosaic mode, in which the array was cycled around 21 pointing centers They total 173 hours of integration time, or 8.2 hours per pointing. All observations were made with two 128-MHz bands, centered on frequencies of 1344 and 1472 MHz.

This table contains the list of 784 radio components given in Table 4 of the reference paper. The authors define a radio 'component' as a region of radio emission identified in the source extraction process. They define a radio 'source' as one or more radio components that appear to be physically connected and that probably correspond to one galaxy. Thus, the authors count a classical triple radio-loud source as being a radio source consisting of three radio components, but count a pair of interacting starburst galaxies as being two sources, each with one radio component.


ATLASCSID Catalog

This table contains some of the first results from the Australia Telescope Large Area Survey (ATLAS), which consists of deep radio observations of a 3.7 deg2 field surrounding the Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S), largely coincident with the infrared Spitzer Wide-Area Infrared Extragalactic (SWIRE) Survey. A total of 784 radio components are identified (see the companion table ATLASCSCPT), corresponding to 726 distinct radio sources, nearly all of which are identified with SWIRE sources. Of the radio sources with measured redshifts, most lie in the redshift range 0.5 to 2 and include both star-forming galaxies and active galactic nuclei. The authors identify a rare population of infrared-faint radio sources that are bright at radio wavelengths but are not seen in the available optical, infrared, or X-ray data. Such rare classes of sources can only be discovered in wide, deep surveys such as this.

The radio observations where made on 2002 Apr 4-27, Aug 24-29 and 2004 Jan 7-12, Feb 1-5, Jun 6-12 and Nov 24-30, with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). The observations in 2002 were made in a mosaic of 7 overlapping fields, for a total of 149 hours of integration time, or 21.3 hours per pointing. The observations in 2004 were taken in the AT mosaic mode, in which the array was cycled around 21 pointing centers They total 173 hours of integration time, or 8.2 hours per pointing. All observations were made with two 128-MHz bands, centered on frequencies of 1344 and 1472 MHz.

This table contains the list of 726 radio sources and their cross-identifications at optical and infrared wavelengths which were given in Table 6 of the reference paper. The authors define a radio 'component' as a region of radio emission identified in the source extraction process. They define a radio 'source' as one or more radio components that appear to be physically connected and that probably correspond to one galaxy. Thus, the authors count a classical triple radio-loud source as being a radio source consisting of three radio components, but count a pair of interacting starburst galaxies as being two sources, each with one radio component.


ATLASD2CPT Catalog

This table derives from the first of two papers describing the second data release (DR2) of the Australia Telescope Large Area Survey (ATLAS) at 1.4 GHz. This survey comprises deep wide-field observations in total intensity, linear polarization, and circular polarization over the Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S) and European Large Area Infrared Space Observatory Survey (ELAIS)-South 1 regions. DR2 improves upon the first data release by maintaining consistent data reductions across the two regions, including polarization analysis, and including differential number counts in total intensity and linear polarization. Typical DR2 sensitivities across the mosaicked multi-pointing images are 30 microJy per beam at approximately 12 arcseconds by 6 arcseconds resolution over a combined area of 6.4 square degrees. In their paper, the authors present detailed descriptions of their data reduction and analysis procedures, including corrections for instrumental effects such as positional variations in image sensitivity, bandwidth smearing with a non-circular beam, and polarization leakage, and application of the BLOBCAT source extractor. They present the DR2 images and catalogs of components (discrete regions of radio emission) and sources (groups of physically associated radio components), and describe new analytic methods to account for resolution bias and Eddington bias when constructing differential number counts of radio components.

The authors use the term 'component' to refer to an isolated region of emission that is best described by a single 2D elliptical Gaussian. Blended regions of contiguous emission may consist of multiple individual components. Following the terminology from Hales et al. (2012, MNRAS, 425, 979), a 'blob' is an agglomerated island of pixels above an SNR cutoff, which may encapsulate a single component or a blended region of emission. In Section 6 of the reference paper, the authors use the term 'source' to refer to single or multiple components belonging to the same astronomical object.

This HEASARC table contains the ATLAS 1.4 GHz DR2 component catalog, a portion of which is displayed in Table A1 of the reference paper for guidance regarding its form and content. The catalog lists a total of 2,588 components in total intensity and linear polarization; no components were discovered in circular polarization. A list of the ATLAS 1.4 GHz DR2 sources, a portion of which is displayed in Table B1 of the reference paper for guidance regarding its form and content, is not included in this HEASARC table.


ATLASESCPT Catalog

This table contains results from the Australia Telescope Large Area Survey (ATLAS), and consists of sensitive (1 sigma < 30 uJy) 1.4-GHz radio observations of a 3.9 deg2 field centered on the European Large Area ISO Survey S1 (ELAIS-S1) region, largely coincident with infrared observations of the Spitzer Wide-Area Infrared Extragalactic (SWIRE) Survey. In their paper, the authors describe the observations and calibration, source extraction, and cross-matching to infrared sources. A total of 1366 radio components are identified, corresponding to 1276 distinct radio sources, 1183 of which are matched with infrared sources in the companion table ATLASESID. The authors have discovered 31 radio sources with no infrared counterpart at all, adding to the class of Infrared-Faint Radio Sources.

The radio observations where made on 27 separate days in 2004 and 2005 with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) with a total net integration time of 231 hours. as described in detail in Section 2.1 and Tables 1 and 2 of the reference paper. The observations were made in a mosaic of 20 overlapping pointings, where pointings 1-12 have net integration times of 10.5 hours per pointing and pointings 13-24 have net integration times of 13.5 hours per pointing. All observations were made with two 128-MHz bands, centered on frequencies of 1.34 and 1.43 GHz. After editing, the predicted noise level is 22 uJy in the center of the mosaic. Toward the image edges, the noise level increases due to primary beam attenuation.

This table contains the list of 1366 radio components given in Table 4 of the reference paper. The authors define a radio 'component' as a region of radio emission which is best defined as a Gaussian. Close radio doubles are very likely to be best represented by two Gaussians and are therefore deemed to consist of two components. Single or multiple components are called a radio source if they are deemed to belong to the same object.


ATLASESID Catalog

This table contains results from the Australia Telescope Large Area Survey (ATLAS), and consists of sensitive (1 sigma < 30 uJy) 1.4-GHz radio observations of a 3.9 deg2 field centered on the European Large Area ISO Survey S1 (ELAIS-S1) region, largely coincident with infrared observations of the Spitzer Wide-Area Infrared Extragalactic (SWIRE) Survey. In their paper, the authors describe the observations and calibration, source extraction, and cross-matching to infrared sources. A total of 1366 radio components are identified, corresponding to 1276 distinct radio sources, 1183 of which are matched with infrared sources in the present table. The authors have discovered 31 radio sources with no infrared counterpart at all, adding to the class of Infrared-Faint Radio Sources.

The radio observations where made on 27 separate days in 2004 and 2005 with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) with a total net integration time of 231 hours, as described in detail in Section 2.1 and Tables 1 and 2 of the reference paper. The observations were made in a mosaic of 20 overlapping pointings, where pointings 1-12 have net integration times of 10.5 hours per pointing and pointings 13-24 have net integration times of 13.5 hours per pointing. All observations were made with two 128-MHz bands, centered on frequencies of 1.34 and 1.43 GHz. After editing, the predicted noise level is 22 uJy in the center of the mosaic. Toward the image edges, the noise level increases due to primary beam attenuation.

This table contains the list of 1276 radio sources and their cross-identifications at optical and infrared wavelengths which were given in Table 5 of the reference paper. The authors define a radio 'component' as a region of radio emission which is best defined as a Gaussian. Close radio doubles are very likely to be best represented by two Gaussians and are therefore deemed to consist of two components. Single or multiple components are called a radio source if they are deemed to belong to the same object.


ATLASSPECZ Catalog

The Australia Telescope Large Area Survey (ATLAS) has surveyed 7 square degrees of sky around the Chandra Deep Field South (CDF-S) and the European Large Area ISO Survey-South 1 (ELAIS-S1) fields at 1.4 GHz. ATLAS aims to reach a uniform sensitivity of 10 µJy (µJy) beam-1 rms over the entire region with first data release currently reaching ~ 30 uJy beam-1 rms. Here the authors present 466 new spectroscopic redshifts for radio sources in ATLAS as part of their optical follow-up program. Of the 466 radio sources with new spectroscopic redshifts, 142 have star-forming optical spectra, 282 show evidence for active galactic nuclei (AGN) in their optical spectra, 10 have stellar spectra and 32 have spectra revealing redshifts, but with insufficient features to classify. The authors compare their spectroscopic classifications with two mid-infrared diagnostics and find them to be in broad agreement. ATLAS is a pathfinder for the forthcoming Evolution Map of the Universe (EMU) survey and the data presented in this paper will be used to guide EMU's survey design and early science papers.

This paper uses H0 = 70 km s-1 Mpc-1, OmegaM = 0.3 and OmegaLambda = 0.7, and the web-based calculator of Wright (2006, PASP, 118, 1711) to estimate the distance-dependent physical parameters.


ATLBS1P4GH Catalog

The Australia Telescope Low-brightness Survey (ATLBS) regions have been mosaic imaged at a radio frequency of 1.4 GHz with 6 arcseconds angular resolution and 72 microJansky per beam (uJy/beam) rms noise. The images (centered at RA 00h 35m 00s, Dec -67o 00' 00" and RA 00h 59m 17s, Dec -67o 00' 00", J2000 epoch) cover 8.42 deg2 sky area and have no artifacts or imaging errors above the image thermal noise. Multi-resolution radio and optical r-band images (made using the 4 m CTIO Blanco telescope) were used to recognize multi-component sources and prepare a source list of 1366 1.4-GHZ sources; the detection threshold was 0.38 mJy in a low-resolution radio image made with beam FWHM of 50 arcseconds. Radio source counts in the flux density range 0.4-8.7 mJy are estimated, with corrections applied for noise bias, effective area correction, and resolution bias. The resolution bias is mitigated using low-resolution radio images, while effects of source confusion are removed by using high-resolution images for identifying blended sources. Below 1 mJy the ATLBS counts are systematically lower than the previous estimates. Showing no evidence for an upturn down to 0.4 mJy, they do not require any changes in the radio source population down to the limit of the survey. The work suggests that automated image analysis for counts may be dependent on the ability of the imaging to reproduce connecting emission with low surface brightness and on the ability of the algorithm to recognize sources, which may require that source finding algorithms effectively work with multi-resolution and multi-wavelength data. The work underscores the importance of using source lists - as opposed to component lists - and correcting for the noise bias in order to precisely estimate counts close to the image noise and determine the upturn at sub-mJy flux density.

ATLGDS2P1G Catalog

Dwarf spheroidal (dSph) galaxies are key objects in near-field cosmology, especially in connection to the study of galaxy formation and evolution at small scales. In addition, dSphs are optimal targets to investigate the nature of dark matter. However, while we begin to have deep optical photometric observations of the stellar population in these objects, little is known so far about their diffuse emission at any observing frequency, and hence on thermal and non-thermal plasma possibly residing within dSphs. In this paper, the authors present deep radio observations of six local dSphs performed with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) at 16 cm wavelength (2100 MHz frequency). They mosaicked a region of radius of about 1 degree around three 'classical' dSphs (CDS), Carina, Fornax, and Sculptor, and of about half of degree around three 'ultrafaint' dSphs (UDS), Bootes II, Segue 2, and Hercules. The rms noise level is below 0.05 mJy for all the maps. The restoring beams full width at half-maximum (FWHM) ranged from (4.2 arcseconds by 2.5 arcseconds) to (30.0 arcseconds by 2.1 arcseconds) in the most elongated case. A catalog, including the 1392 sources detected in the six dSph fields, is presented here. In the reference paper, the main properties of the background sources are discussed, with the positions and fluxes of the brightest objects compared with the FIRST, NVSS, and SUMSS observations of the same fields. The observed population of radio emitters in these fields is dominated by synchrotron sources.The authors have computed the associated source number counts at 2 GHz down to fluxes of 0.25 mJy, which prove to be in agreement with AGN count models.

The observations presented in this paper were performed during 2011 July. The project was allocated a total of 123 h of ATCA observing time. The spectral setup included the simultaneous observation of a 2-GHz-wide band centered at 2100 MHz with a 1 MHz spectral resolution for continuum observations (recording all four polarization signals). The mapping of the three CDS required a 19 field-mosaic with a total on-source integration time of about 1 hour per field. For Bootes II and Hercules, a 7 field-mosaic with an on-source integration time of about 2 hours per field was chosen, while Segue 2, due to its smaller size,was imaged with a 3 field-mosaic with about 4 hours per field of integration time (with the purpose of maximizing the sensitivity). More precisely, a total of 16.5, 15.0, 17.0, 13.0, 10.9, and 9.6 hours were spent on-source for Carina, Fornax, Sculptor, Bootes II, Hercules, and Segue 2, respectively. The nominal rms sensitivity in each panel for the actual observing time was 36, 38, 35, 25, 28, and 20 microJy for Carina, Fornax, Sculptor, Bootes II, Hercules, and Segue 2, respectively. See Table 1 of the reference paper for the details of the average restoring beam parameters across all mosaic panels for each field of view (FoV).

The authors used two automated routines for source extraction and cataloging, which are provided by the SEXTRACTOR package (Bertin & Arnouts 1996, A&AS, 117, 393) and the task SFIND in MIRIAD. In these maps, SFIND and SEXTRACTOR give nearly identical results for astrometry (number of sources and positions), once the threshold parameters in SEXTRACTOR are tuned (the authors found a threshold typically slightly above 5 sigma). The mismatch in positions is random, and about 1 arcsecond on average for all FoVs. This value can be taken as an estimate of the positional accuracy. Photometry on the other hand, gave quite different results for some sources: in the catalog, the authors used the results from SFIND since this was specifically written to analyze radio images, accounting for artifacts and sidelobes. The number of sources in each dSph FoV is reported in Table 2 of the reference paper.

Radio sources can be made up of different components. To decide whether nearby sources are separated sources or components of a single source, the authors visually inspected all the fields where either the angular distance, theta, between sources was < 1 arcminute, or the criterion of Magliocchetti et al. (1998, MNRAS, 300, 257: theta < 100 arcseconds x sqrt[Speak/10 mJy]), was satisfied. A more detailed study of the 178 possible multiple sources will be reported in a future paper by these authors.


ATNFPULSAR Catalog

The Australia Telescope National Facility (ATNF) Pulsar Catalog is a catalog of known pulsars compiled by R.N. Manchester et al. and is descended from pulsar database used for the paper "Catalog of 558 Pulsars" by J.H. Taylor, R.N. Manchester and A.G. Lyne 1993, ApJS, 88, 529-568. The current catalog has been supplemented by inclusion of published data from more recent radio surveys, in particular, the Parkes Multibeam (PM) Pulsar Survey (Manchester et al. 2001, MNRAS, 328, 17-35) [available at the HEASARC as the PMPULSAR table] and the Swinburne Intermediate Latitude Pulsar Survey (Edwards et al. 2001, MNRAS, 326, 358-374), both made using the ATNF Parkes 64-m radio telescope. Binary parameters for known binary pulsars are also included as well as all available astrometric and spin parameter information for all pulsars. The catalog includes all published rotation-powered pulsars. Two separate small subsets of pulsars detected only at high energies are also included in the current table: the first group comprises X-ray and gamma-ray pulsars which are apparently powered by spin-down energy, but which have not been detected at radio wavelengths, while the second group contains anomalous X-ray pulsars (AXPs) and soft-gamma-ray repeaters (SGRs) for which coherent pulsations have been detected. Accretion-powered pulsars such as Her X-1 and the recently discovered X-ray millisecond pulsars such as SAX J1808.4-3658 are not included in this table, however.

Many people have contributed to the compilation of the data contained in this catalog and the database that it was derived from. The authors particularly thank Andrew Lyne of the University of Manchester, Jodrell Bank Observatory, David Nice of Princeton University, and Russell Edwards, then at Swinburne University of Technology. The also acknowledge the efforts of Warwick University students Adam Goode and Steven Thomas who compiled and checked a recent version of the database. The original (summer 2003) database at the ATNF website was compiled with the invaluable assistance of Maryam Hobbs, while the ATNF web interface was designed and constructed by Albert Teoh, a Summer Vacation Scholar at the ATNF in 2002/2003.

The authors would appreciate if anyone making use of this catalog in a publication acknowledges the source of their information by quoting the ATNF Pulsar Catalog website address of http://www.atnf.csiro.au/research/pulsar/psrcat/


ATPMNCAT Catalog

This table contains a source catalog of 9040 radio sources derived from high-resolution observations of a selection of 8385 Parkes-MIT-NRAO (PMN) sources made with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). The catalog lists flux density and structural measurements at 4.8 and 8.6 GHz, derived from observations of all PMN sources in the declination range -87 degrees < Dec < -38.5 degrees (exclusive of galactic latitudes |b| < 2 degrees) with PMN flux density S4850 > 70mJy (> 50 mJy south of Dec = -73 degrees). The authors assess the quality of the data, which was gathered in the 1992-1994 time period, and the resulting source parameters. They describe the population of catalogued sources, and compare it to samples from complementary catalogs. In particular, they find 122 radio sources with highly probable association with gamma-ray sources observed by the orbiting Fermi Large Area Telescope (LAT), and 11 more radio sources with possible associations with Fermi LAT sources.

This Australia Telescope PMN (ATPMN) catalog lists the source measurements of flux density, position and structure of a selection of sources from the PMN catalog. Each catalog entry corresponds to a discrete source observed by the ATCA. In many cases, a single PMN source yields several ATPMN sources. Apart from the name of the parent PMN source, there is no indication of physical association: multiple sources in the one field may be aligned by chance, or may be components of the one object.

This catalog contains the following information for each source: position; the flux density at 4.8 and 8.6 GHz; uncertainties in each flux density; the source size modelled as an ellipse (major axes, minor axes, position angle) of the best fit for a Gaussian brightness distribution; the spectral index computed between 4.8 and 8.6 GHz; the uncertainty in the spectral index; a code denoting the epoch of the observation. In the table as given in the original reference, the positions were given with varying degrees of precision, from 0.001 to 1 second of time in RA and from 0.01 to 1 arcsecond in Declination. The authors state in Section 4 of the reference paper that the error in a position coordinate is less than 10 times the final digit given in the coordinate. The positions as displayed in this table do not reflect this system: e.g., a Dec value displayed as '-79 58 34.00' may have been given in the original table as '-79 58 34.00' or '-79 58 34.0' or '-79 58 34'. To recover this information about positional precision the HEASARC has created two additional parameters ra_accuracy and dec_accuracy which list the number of digits after the decimal point given in the original table for the RA and Dec, respectively. Thus, if ra_accuracy = 3, the RA was given to a precision of 0.001 s in the original table, implying that the actual error in RA was less than 10 * 0.001 = 0.01 s.


BOOF153MHZ Catalog

The authors obtained deep, high-resolution radio interferometric observations at 153 MHz to complement the extensively studied NOAO Bootes field. In their paper, they provide a description of the observations, data reduction and source catalog construction. From their single-pointing GMRT observation of ~12 hours, they obtained a high-resolution (26" x 22") image of ~11.3 square degrees, fully covering the Bootes field region and beyond. The image has a central noise level of ~1.0 mJy beam-1, which rises to 2.0 - 2.5 mJy beam-1 at the field edge, placing it amongst the deepest ~150 MHz surveys to date. The catalog of 598 extracted sources is estimated to be ~92% complete for > 10 mJy sources, while the estimated contamination by false detections is < 1%. The low rms positional uncertainty of 1.24" facilitates accurate matching against catalogs at optical, infrared and other wavelengths. Differential source counts were determined down to < ~10 mJy. The authors find no evidence for flattening of the counts towards lower flux densities as observed in deep radio surveys at higher frequencies, suggesting that their catalog is dominated by the classical radio-loud AGN population that explains the counts at higher flux densities. Combination with available deep 1.4 GHz observations yields an accurate determination of spectral indices for 417 sources down to the lowest 153 MHz flux densities, of which 16 have ultra-steep spectra with spectral indices below -1.3. The authors confirm that flattening of the median spectral index towards low flux densities also occurs at this frequency. The detection fraction of the radio sources in the NIR Ks-band is found to drop with radio spectral index, which is in agreement with the known correlation between spectral index and redshift for brighter radio sources.

This table contains the list of 598 153-MHz sources detected in the GMRT observation and their properties at this frequency. There are a number of other tables of objects in the Bootes field made at other frequencies:

HEASARC Table | Title                                    | Reference

BOOTESDF      | 1.4GHz imaging of the Bootes field       | de Vries+ 2002,AJ,123,1784
LALABOOCXO    | LALA Bootes field X-ray source catalog   | Wang+ 2004,AJ,127,213
---           | Faint radio sources in NOAO Bootes field | Wrobel+ 2005,AJ,130,923
---           | 16um sources in the NOAO Bootes field    | Kasliwal+ 2005,ApJ,634,L1
XBOOTES       | X-ray survey of the NDWFS Bootes field   | Kenter+ 2005,ApJS,161,9
XBOOTESOID    | Optical counterparts in the NDWFS Bootes | Brand+ 2006,ApJ,64,140
              |    field                                 |

BOOTESDF Catalog

This radio source catalog is the result of deep (16x12 hour) Westerbork Synthesis Radio Telescope (WSRT) observations of the approximately 7 square degree Bootes Deep Field, centered at an RA and Declination (J2000) of 14 hr 32 min 5.75 sec, +34 deg 16 arcmin 47.5 arcsec. The survey consisted of 42 discrete pointings, with enough overlap to ensure a uniform sensitivity across the entire field, and with a limiting sensitivity of 28 microJansky (1 sigma rms). The catalog consists of 3172 distinct sources detected with a significance of 5 sigma or greater, of which 316 are resolved by the 13 x 27 arcsec beam.

CGPSNGPCAT Catalog

This table contains a catalog of compact sources of radio emission at 1420 MHz in the northern Galactic plane from the Canadian Galactic Plane Survey (CGPS). The catalog contains 72,758 compact sources with an angular size less than 3 arcminutes within the Galactic longitude range 52 < lII < 192 degrees down to a 5-sigma detection level of ~1.2 mJy. Linear polarization properties are included for 12,368 sources with signals greater than 4 x sigmaQU in the CGPS Stokes Q and U images at the position of the total intensity peak. In the reference paper, the authors compare the CGPS flux densities with the catalogued flux densities in the Northern VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) catalog for 10,897 isolated unresolved sources with CGPS flux density greater than 4 mJy in order to search for sources that show variable flux density on timescales of several years. They identify 146 candidate variables that exhibit high fractional variations between the two surveys. In addition, they identify 13 candidate transient sources that have CGPS flux density above 10 mJy but that are not detected in the NVSS.

In the CGPS, the Synthesis Telescope at the Dominion Radio Astrophysical Observatory (the DRAO ST) provided arcminute-resolution images of the radio continuum and atomic-hydrogen line emission of the northern Galactic Plane. The CGPS DRAO radio continuum observations provided images of Stokes I, Q, and U in four 7.5-MHz sub-bands spanning 35 MHz, centered on 1420 MHz. The observations were carried out in three phases beginning in 1995 and ending in 2009. The sky coverage of each phase and the observing dates are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper. The Galactic plane was covered with a width in Galactic latitude of 9 degrees, centered at bII = 1 degree to accommodate the warp of the Galactic disk. The longitude coverage was constrained by the southern Declination limit of ~20 degrees, the range that could be effectively imaged by a linear east-west synthesis telescope array. The Phase II observations included an extension to higher latitudes (bII = 17.5 degrees) over a restricted range of longitude.

In this table, we present the CGPS 1420-MHz compact source catalog covering 1,464 square degrees and spanning a range of 140 degrees of Galactic longitude between 52 and 192 degrees.


CGRABS Catalog

The authors have constructed a uniform all-sky survey of bright blazars, selected primarily by their flat radio spectra, that is designed to provide a large catalog of likely gamma-ray active galactic nuclei (AGNs). The defined sample, the Candidate Gamma-Ray Blazar Survey (CGRaBS) source catalog, has 1625 targets with radio and X-ray properties similar to those of the EGRET blazars, spread uniformly across the |b| > 10 degrees sky. They also report progress toward optical characterization of the sample; of objects with known red magnitude R < 23, 85% have been classified and 81% have measured redshifts. One goal of this program is to focus attention on the most interesting (e.g., high-redshift, high-luminosity, etc.) sources for intensive multi-wavelength study during the observations by the Large Area Telescope (LAT) on the Gamma-Ray Large-Area Space Telescope (GLAST) satellite observatory.

COSMOSVLBA Catalog

This table contains the results of a project using wide-field Very Long Baseline Interferometry (VLBI) observations at 1.4 GHz of 2,865 known radio sources in the Cosmic Evolution Survey (COSMOS) field, a field which has exceptional multi-wavelength coverage. The main objective of this study is to identify the active galactic nuclei (AGN) in this field. Wide-field VLBI observations were made of all known radio sources in the COSMOS field at 1.4 GHz using the Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA). The authors also collected complementary multiwavelength information from the literature for the VLBA-detected sources.The combination of the number of sources, sensitivity, angular resolution and the area covered by this project are unprecedented. A catalog which contains the VLBI-detected sources is presented, the main purpose of which is to be used as an AGN catalog. the complementary multiwavelength (optical, infrared and X-ray) information of the VLBI-detected sources is also presented.

The authors have detected 468 radio sources, expected to be AGN, with the VLBA. This is, to date, the largest sample assembled of VLBI-detected sources in the sub-mJy regime. They find a detection fraction of 20% +/- 1%, considering only those sources from the input catalog which were in principle detectable with the VLBA (2,361). As a function of the VLA flux density, the detection fraction is higher for higher flux densities, since at high flux densities a source could be detected even if the VLBI core accounts for a small percentage of the total flux density. As a function of redshift, the authors see no evolution of the detection fraction over the redshift range 0.5 < z < 3. In addition, they find that faint radio sources typically have a greater fraction of their radio luminosity in a compact core: ~70% of the sub-mJy sources detected with the VLBA have more than half of their total radio luminosity in a VLBI-scale component, whereas this is true for only ~30% of the sources that are brighter than 10 mJy. This suggests that fainter radio sources differ intrinsically from brighter ones. Across the entire sample, the authors find the predominant morphological classification of the host galaxies of the VLBA-detected sources to be early type (57%), although this varies with redshift and at z > 1.5 they find that spiral galaxies become the most prevalent (48%). The number of detections is high enough to study the faint radio population with statistically significant numbers. The authors demonstrate that wide-field VLBI observations, together with new calibration methods such as multi-source self-calibration and mosaicking, result in information which is difficult or impossible to obtain otherwise.

This table contains 504 entries, including the 468 VLBA-detected sources and, for sources with multiple components, entries for the individual components. Among the detected sources, there are 452 single, 13 double, 2 triple and 1 quadruple source. Source entries have no suffix in their vlba_source_id, e.g., 'C3293', whereas component entries have a, b, c or d suffixes, e.g., 'C0090a' (and a value of 2 for the multi_cpt_flag parameter).


CRABTIME Catalog

The CRABTIME database contains the Crab Pulsar Monthly Ephemeris covering the period from Feb 15 1982 (MJD=45015) to (close to) the present that was created Dr. Andrew Lyne and collaborators at Jodrell Bank Observatory. This database is periodically updated to include recent data as these become available. To assist astronomers, the HEASARC has created two new parameters which were not present in the original Jodrell Bank tables, the pulsar period and its first derivative, using the standard relations between period (P) and frequency 'Nu' (P=1./Nu) and their first derivatives (P_dot = -Nu_dot/Nu2). The assumed pulsar position used in the reductions is
   RA (1950.0) 05 31 31.406  DEC (1950.0) +21 58 54.391
   RA (2000.0) 05 34 31.973  DEC (2000.0) +22 00 52.061

CRATES Catalog

The authors have assembled an 8.4 GHz survey of bright, flat-spectrum (alpha > -0.5) radio sources with nearly uniform extragalactic (|b| > 10 degrees) coverage for sources brighter than a 4.8 GHz flux density S_4.8GHz = 65 mJy. The catalog is assembled from existing observations (especially the Cosmic Lens All-Sky Survey, CLASS, and the Wright et al. PMN-CA survey), augmented by reprocessing of archival VLA and ATCA data and by new observations to fill in coverage gaps. The authors refer to this program as CRATES, the Combined Radio All-Sky Targeted Eight-GHz Survey. The resulting catalog provides precise positions, subarcsecond structures, and spectral indices for some 11,000 sources. The authors describe the morphology and spectral index distribution of the sample and comment on the survey's power to select several classes of interesting sources, especially high-energy blazars. Comparison of CRATES with other high-frequency surveys also provides unique opportunities for identification of high-power radio sources.

This table contains 14467 entries, where each entry corresponds to an 8.4-GHz counterpart source (or absence thereof) to one of 11,131 4.8-GHz sources. The number of entries exceeds the number of 4.8-GHz sources because there are many cases in which there are multiple (from 2 - 20) 8.4-GHz counterparts to a single 4.8-GHz source. There are also 762 entries in which no 8.4-GHz counterpart was detected (morph_type = 'N').


CRATESOCRAP Catalog

Knowledge of the population of radio sources in the range ~ 2-200 GHz range is important for understanding their effects on measurements of the cosmic microwave background power spectrum. This table contains measurements of the 30-GHz flux densities of 605 radio sources from the Combined Radio All-sky Targeted Eight-GHz Survey (CRATES), which have been made with the One Centimetre Receiver Array-prototype (OCRA-p) on the Torun 32-m telescope. The flux densities of sources that were also observed by Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP) and previous OCRA surveys are in broad agreement with those reported here, however a number of sources display intrinsic variability. The authors find a good correlation between the 30 GHz and Fermi gamma-ray flux densities for sources in common. In their paper, they examine the radio spectra of all observed sources and report a number of gigahertz-peaked and inverted spectrum sources. These measurements will be useful for comparison to those from the Low Frequency Instrument of the Planck satellite, which will make some of its most sensitive observations in the region covered here.

The selection criteria for the subsample of CRATES sources observed by the OCRA-p are given in Section 2 of the reference paper (q.v.). Plots of the measurements of each source over time and the aggregated source spectra between 26 MHz and 150 GHz are available online at the authors' web site: http://www.jb.man.ac.uk/research/ocra/crates/.


DIXON Catalog

This database table is the Dixon Master List of Radio Sources (Version 43, dated November 1981) which contains flux densities for known radio sources detected at a variety of frequencies. The Master List of Radio Sources was prepared by combining about thirty catalogs of radio sources that were available as of that date into a common format. Notice that this is a list of observations, not of individual sources, and that an entry in this table corresponds to an observation of a radio source at a particular frequency from a particular source catalog: also, no attempt was made by the author to use the same name for the same source, e.g., the source 3C 273 appears more than a dozen times under a variety of names such as PKS 1226+02, NRAO400, CTA 53, etc.

FER2FUSRID Catalog

This table contains some of the results from an all-sky radio survey between 5- and 9-GHz of sky areas surrounding all unassociated gamma-ray objects listed in the Fermi Large Area Telescope (LAT) Second Source Catalog (2FGL). The goal of these observations is to find all new gamma-ray active galactic nucleus (AGN) associations with radio sources > 10 mJy at 8GHz. The authors observed with the Very Large Array (VLA) and the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) the areas around unassociated sources, providing localizations of weak radio point sources found in 2FGL fields at arcminute scales. They then followed up a subset of these with the Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA) and the Long Baseline Array (LBA) in order to confirm detections of radio emission on parsec-scales. The authors quantified association probabilities based on known statistics of source counts and assuming a uniform distribution of background sources. In total, they found 865 radio sources at arcsecond scales as candidates for association and detected 95 of 170 selected for follow-up observations at milliarcsecond resolution. Based on this, they obtained firm associations for 76 previously unknown gamma-ray AGNs. Comparison of these new AGN associations with the predictions from using the Wide-field Infrared Survey Explorer (WISE) color-color diagram shows that half of the associations are missed. The authors found that in 129 out of 588 gamma-ray sources observed at arcminute scales not a single radio continuum source was detected above their sensitivity limit within the 3-sigma gamma-ray localization. These "empty" fields were found to be particularly concentrated at low Galactic latitudes. The nature of these Galactic gamma-ray emitters is not yet determined.

A list of 216 target fields were observed with the VLA. The instantaneous bandwidth was split into two parts, with one half centered at 5.0 GHz (4.5 - 5.5 GHz) and the other centered at 7.3 GHz (6.8 - 7.8 GHz). The observations were made on 2012 October 26 and 2012 November 3. See section 2.1 of the reference paper for more details. These data are included in this HEASARC table.

During the first campaign with the ATCA from 2012 September 19-20, the authors observed 411 2FGL unassociated sources in a Declination range of -90 degrees to +10 degrees at 5.5 and 9 GHz. The details of this observing campaign and results have been reported by Petrov et al. (2013, MNRAS, 432, 1294: available at the HEASARC as the AT2FGLUS table). The authors detected a total of 424 point sources. In a second ATCA campaign on 2013 September 25-28, the authors re-observed sources that were detected at 5 GHz, but were not detected at 9 GHz. See section 2.2 of the reference paper for more details. These data are included in this HEASARC table.

Follow-up observations of 149 targets selected from the VLA and ATCA surveys above -30 degrees Declination were conducted with the VLBA between 2013 Feb-Aug (VCS7 project; 4.128 - 4.608 and 7.392 - 7.872 GHz simultaneously) and in 2013 Jun-Dec (campaign S5272; 7.392 - 7.872 GHz only). See section 2.3 of the reference paper for more details. These data are NOT included in this HEASARC table.

For sources with Declination below -30 degrees, the authors added 21 objects to the on-going LCS campaign being conducted using the LBA (Petrov et al. 2011, MNRAS, 414, 2528) in 2013 Mar-2013 Jun at 8.200 - 8.520 GHz. See section 2.4 of the reference paper for more details. These data are NOT included in this HEASARC table.


FIRST Catalog

This catalog comprises the Faint Images of the Radio Sky at Twenty cm (FIRST) Survey. The FIRST survey began in 1993, and covers the north and south Galactic caps. The present 14Dec17 version is derived from the 1993 through 2011 observations. The catalog covers a total of about 10,575 square degrees of sky (8,444 square degrees in the north Galactic cap and 2,131 square degrees in the south Galactic cap). See the coverage maps at http://sundog.stsci.edu/first/catalogs/readme_14dec17.html#coverage for more details of the area covered. Both the northern and southern areas were chosen to coincide approximately with the area covered by the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS). The catalog is identical to the previous version of the catalog (14Mar04) except that it has more accurate data on which sources are not covered by the SDSS DR10 catalog. Approximately 1000 sources that were indicated as covered by DR10 in the previous version are now correctly marked as not covered. The source list, radio fluxes, etc., are all the same as the 14Mar04 version.

In this version of the catalog, images taken in the the new EVLA configuration have been re-reduced using shallower CLEAN thresholds in order to reduce the "CLEAN bias" in those images. Also, the EVLA images are not co-added with older VLA images to avoid problems resulting from the different frequencies and noise properties of the configurations. That leads to small gaps in the sky coverage at boundaries between the EVLA and VLA regions. As a result, the area covered by this release of the catalog is about 60 square degrees smaller than the earlier release of the catalog (13Jun05), and the total number of sources is reduced by nearly 25,000. The previous version of the catalog does have sources in the overlap regions, but their flux densities are considered unreliable due to calibration errors. The flux densities should be more accurate in this catalog, biases are smaller, and the incidence of spurious sources is also reduced.

Over most of the survey area, the detection limit is 1 mJy. A region along the equatorial strip (RA = 21.3 to 3.3 hrs, Dec = -1 to 1 deg) has a deeper detection threshold because two epochs of observation were combined. The typical detection threshold in this region is 0.75 mJy. There are approximately 4,500 sources below the 1 mJy threshold used for most previous versions of the catalog.

The format of this catalog is the same as releases since 13Jun05 but differs from earlier versions of the catalog. It contains two parameters which give information on the epoch of observation for each source (called mean_epoch and rms_epoch in this HEASARC version) which are described below. The P(S) parameter (called sidelobe_prob herein), which indicates the probability that the source is a sidelobe, replaces the previous binary sidelobe flag column. The parameters sdss_matches, sdss_first_offset, sdss_imag, sdss_class, twomass_matches, twomass_first_offset and twomass_kmag give information on counterparts to the FIRST source in the SDSS DR10 catalog and the 2MASS catalog, respectively. Other catalog parameters are common with FIRST catalog releases extending back over the past decade.

The co-added images are available online: see the FIRST page at http://sundog.stsci.edu/first/images.html for details. The source catalog presented here is derived from the images.

Data for the FIRST survey were collected in all VLA B-configurations from Spring 1993 through Spring 2004. For all data collected for the FIRST project, the raw u-v visibility data are placed in the VLA public archive on the day they are taken, and are available for use without restriction. Additional data in the southern Galactic cap were acquired in Spring 2009 and Spring 2011. The VLA was in a hybrid condition in 2009, with some new EVLA receivers and some old VLA receivers. The characteristics of those images are slightly different from the older data, but for most purposes they should be equivalent. In 2011 the EVLA receivers were available with an early version of the new EVLA data system, so there are a number of differences from the old data:

Date	        Frequencies	Bandpass	         Integration

Before 2011	1365, 1435 MHz	2x7 3-MHz channels	 180 seconds
2011	        1335, 1730 MHz	2x64 2-MHz channels	 60 seconds
Note particularly the frequency difference between the new and older data. The new data are in co-added fields with names ending with 'S' (and later letters in the alphabet) and are found entirely in the south Galactic cap.

FRICAT Catalog

The authors have built a catalog of 219 Fanaroff and Riley class I edge-darkened radio galaxies (FR Is), called FRICAT, that is selected from a published sample and obtained by combining observations from the NVSS, FIRST, and SDSS surveys. They included in the catalog the sources with an edge-darkened radio morphology, redshift <= 0.15, and extending (at the sensitivity of the FIRST images) to a radius r larger than 30 kpc from the center of the host. The authors also selected an additional sample (sFRICAT) of 14 smaller (10 < r < 30 kpc) FR Is, limiting to z < 0.05. The hosts of the FRICAT sources are all luminous (-21 >~ Mr >~ 24), red early-type galaxies with black hole masses in the range 108 <~ MBH <~ 3 x 109 solar masses); the spectroscopic classification based on the optical emission line ratios indicates that they are all low excitation galaxies. Sources in the FRICAT are then indistinguishable from the FR Is belonging to the Third Cambridge Catalogue of Radio Sources (3C) on the basis of their optical properties. Conversely, while the 3C-FR Is show a strong positive trend between radio and [O III] emission line luminosity, these two quantities are unrelated in the FRICAT sources; at a given line luminosity, they show radio luminosities spanning about two orders of magnitude and extending to much lower ratios between radio and line power than 3C-FR Is. The authors' main conclusion is that the 3C-FR Is represent just the tip of the iceberg of a much larger and diverse population of FR Is.

This HEASARC table contains both the 219 radio galaxies in the main FRICAT sample listed in Table B.1 of the reference paper and the 14 radio galaxies in the additional sFRICAT sample listed in Table B.2 of the reference paper. To enable users to distinguish from which sample an entry has been taken, the HEASARC created a parameter galaxy_sample which is set to 'M' for galaxies from the main sample, and to 'S' for galaxies from the supplementary sFRICAT sample.

Throughout the paper, the authors adopted a cosmology with H0 = 67.8 km s-1 Mpc-1, OmegaM = 0.308, and OmegaLambda = 0.692 (Planck Collaboration XIII 2016).


FRIICAT Catalog

This table contains a catalog of 123 Fanaroff and Riley class II edge-brightened radio galaxies (FR IIs), called FRIICAT, that has been selected from a published sample obtained by combining observations from the NVSS, FIRST, and SDSS surveys. The catalog includes sources with redshift <=0.15, an edge-brightened radio morphology, and those with at least one of the emission peaks located at a radius r larger than 30 kpc from the center of the host.

The radio luminosity at 1.4 GHz of the FRIICAT sources covers the range L1.4 ~ 1039.5 - 1042.5 erg/s. The FRIICAT catalog has 90% of low- and 10% of high-excitation galaxies (LEGs and HEGs), respectively. The properties of these two classes are significantly different. The FRIICAT LEGs are mostly luminous (-20 >~ Mr >~ -24), red early-type galaxies with black hole masses in the range 108 Msun <~ MBH <~ 109 M_sun_; they are essentially indistinguishable from the FR Is belonging to the FRICAT sample (Capetti et al. 2017, A&A, 598, A49: also available as a HEASARC table). The HEG FR IIs are associated with optically bluer and mid-IR redder hosts than the LEG FR IIs and to galaxies and black holes that are smaller, on average, by a factor of ~2. FR IIs have a factor of ~3 higher average radio luminosity than FR Is. Nonetheless, most (~90%) of the selected FR IIs have a radio power that is lower, by as much as a factor of ~100, than the transition value between FR Is and FR IIs found in the 3C sample. The correspondence between the morphological classification of FR I and FR II and the separation in radio power disappears when including sources selected at low radio flux thresholds, which is in line with previous results. In conclusion, a radio source produced by a low-power jet can be edge brightened or edge darkened, and the outcome is not related to differences in the optical properties of the host galaxy.

The authors searched for FR II radio galaxies in the sample of 18,286 radio sources built by Best & Heckman (2012, MNRAS, 421, 1569) by limiting their search to the subsample of objects in which, according to these latter authors, the radio emission is produced by an active nucleus. They cross-matched the optical spectroscopic catalogs produced by the group from the Max Planck Institute for Astrophysics and Johns Hopkins University (Brinchmann et al. 2004, MNRAS, 351, 1151; Tremonti et al. 2004, ApJ, 613, 898) based on data from the Data Release 7 of the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (DR7/SDSS; Abazajian et al. 2009, ApJS, 182, 543) with the National Radio Astronomy Observatory Very Large Array Sky Survey (NVSS; Condon et al. 1998, AJ, 115, 1693, CDS Cat. VIII/65) and the Faint Images of the Radio Sky at Twenty centimeters survey (FIRST; Becker et al. 1995, ApJ, 450, 559; Helfand et al. 2015, ApJ, 801, 26, CDS Cat. VIII/92) adopting a radio flux density limit of 5 mJy in the NVSS. The authors focused on those sources with redshift z < 0.15.

The majority (108) of the selected FR IIs are classified as LEG, but there are also 14 HEG and just one source that cannot be classified spectroscopically because of the lack of emission lines, namely SDSS J144625.13+214209.8.

Throughout this study, the authors adopted a cosmology with H0 = 67.8 km s-1 Mpc-1, OmegaM = 0.308, and OmegaLambda = 0.692 (Planck Collaboration XIII 2016, A&A, 594, A13).


GB6 Catalog

This table contains the Green Bank 6-cm (GB6) Radio Source Catalog. The Green Bank 4.85 GHz (6-cm wavelength) survey (Condon J.J., Broderick J.J., Seielstad G.A., Douglas K., & Gregory P.C. in 1994AJ....107.1829C) was made with the NRAO seven-beam receiver on the (former) 91m telescope during 1986 November and 1987 October. The final set of sky maps covering the declination band 0 deg < Dec. < +75 deg was constructed with data from both epochs. Its noise and position errors are nearly a factor of 2^(1/2) smaller than in the epoch 1987 maps, from which the 87GB Catalog (CDS Catalog <VIII/14>) of 54,579 sources stronger than S ~ 25mJy was extracted. Therefore, the new maps were used to make the GB6 catalog of 75,162 discrete sources with angular sizes phi <= 10.5 arcmin and flux densities S >= 18mJy. The GB6 weighted differential source counts S^(5/2)n(S) between 18 mJy and 7 Jy agree well with evolutionary models based on independent data.

GBT31GHZ Catalog

The 100m Robert C. Byrd Green Bank Telescope (GBT) and the 40m Owens Valley Radio Observatory (OVRO) telescope have been used to conduct a 31-GHz survey of 3165 known extragalactic radio sources over 143 deg2 of the sky. Target sources were selected from the NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) in fields observed by the Cosmic Background Imager (CBI); most are extragalactic active galactic nuclei (AGNs) with 1.4-GHz flux densities of 3-10 mJy. Using a maximum-likelihood analysis to obtain an unbiased estimate of the distribution of the 1.4 - 31 GHz spectral indices of these sources, the authors find a mean 31 - 1.4 GHz flux ratio of 0.110 +/- 0.003 corresponding to a spectral index alpha = -0.71+/-0.01 (Snu ~ nualpha); 9.0% +/- 0.8% of the sources have alpha > -0.5 and 1.2% +/- 0.2% have alpha > 0. By combining this spectral-index distribution with 1.4GHz source counts, the authors predict 31-GHz source counts in the range 1 mJy <S31 < 4 mJy, N(>S31) = (16.7+/-1.7)deg-2(S31/1mJy)(-0.80+/-0.07).

In this study, the authors present a detailed characterization of the impact of the discrete source foreground on arcminute-scale 31-GHz anisotropy measurements based upon two observational campaigns. The first campaign (the results of which are given in the OVRO31GHZ table) was carried out with the OVRO 40m telescope at 31 GHz from 2000 September through 2002 December. The second campaign (the results of which are given in the present table) used the GBT from 2006 February to May. A companion paper (Sievers et al. 2009arXiv0901.4540S) presents the five-year CBI total intensity power spectrum incorporating the results of the point-source measurements discussed here.

Reported error bars include a 10% and 5% rms gain uncertainty for GBT and OVRO measurements, respectively. Sources detected at greater than 4 sigma at 31 GHz are flagged (detection_flag = 'Y'); for this calculation, the random gain uncertainty was excluded. In all 3165 sources were observed. The GBT catalog (this table) contains 1490 sources. Of the 2315 useful OVRO observations many of the non-detections (and a few detections) were superceded by more sensitive GBT observations; the OVRO catalog contained in the HEASARC's OVRO31GHZ table therefore contains data on 1675 sources. The detection rate of the OVRO measurements was 11%, and that of the GBT measurements 25%. In all, 18% of the sources were detected at 31 GHz.


GCPS Catalog

The Galactic Center P-Band (330 MHz) Survey (GCPS) is based on wide-field, subarcminute-resolution Very Large Array (VLA) imagery of the Galactic center region at 330 MHz. With a resolution of ~7"x12" and an rms noise of 1.6 mJy/beam, this image represented a significant increase in resolution and sensitivity over the previously published VLA image at this frequency. The improved sensitivity more than tripled the census of small-diameter sources in the region, resulted in the detection of two new nonthermal filaments (NTFs), 18 NTF candidates, and 30 pulsar candidates, revealed previously known extended sources in greater detail, and has resulted in the first detection of Sagittarius A* in this frequency range.

Two sets of observations were obtained. The first was conducted at 330 MHz in the A configuration of the VLA in 1996 October. The second set of P-band observations were obtained in the A and B configurations of the VLA between 1998 March and 1999 May.


GLEAMEGCAT Catalog

Using the Murchison Widefield Array (MWA), the low-frequency Square Kilometre Array (SKA1 LOW) precursor located in Western Australia, the authors have completed the GaLactic and Extragalactic All-sky MWA (GLEAM) survey, and present the resulting extragalactic catalog, utilizing the first year of observations. The catalog covers 24,402 square degrees, over Declinations south of +30 degrees and Galactic latitudes outside 10 degrees of the Galactic Plane, excluding some areas such as the Magellanic Clouds. It contains 307,455 radio sources with 20 separate flux density measurements across 72 - 231 MHz, selected from a time- and frequency-integrated image centered at 200 MHz, with a resolution of ~ 2 arcminutes. Over the catalogued region, the authors estimate that the catalog is 90% complete at 170 mJy, and 50% complete at 55 mJy, and large areas are complete at even lower flux density levels. Its reliability is 99.97% above the 5-sigma detection threshold, which itself is typically 50 mJy. These observations constitute the widest fractional bandwidth and largest sky area survey at radio frequencies to date, and calibrate the low frequency flux density scale of the southern sky to better than 10%. The reference paper presents details of the flagging, imaging, mosaicking, and source extraction/characterization, as well as estimates of the completeness and reliability. All source measurements and images are available online at http://www.mwatelescope.org/. This is the first in a series of publications describing the GLEAM survey results.

GLEAM observes in week-long drift scan campaigns, with a single Dec strip observed each night. The observing bandwidth of 72-231 MHz is covered by shifting frequencies by 30.72 MHz every two minutes, avoiding the Orbcomm satellite constellation at 134-139 MHz. Thus, the frequencies of observation are 72-103, 103-134, 139-170, 170-200. and 200-231 MHz. These may be further subdivided for imaging purposes; in this study, the 30.72 MHz bandwidth is commonly subdivided into four 7.68 MHz sub-channels. The native channel resolution of these observations is 40 kHz and the native time resolution is 0.5 seconds.

This paper concerns only data collected in the first year, i.e. four weeks between June 2013 and July 2014. The authors also do not image every observation, since the survey is redundant across approximately 50% of the observed RA ranges, and some parts are adversely acted by the Galactic plane and Centaurus A. Table 1 in the reference paper lists the observations which have been used to create this first GLEAM catalog.

The HEASARC has converted the flux density units from those given in the original table (Jy and Jy/beam) to its standard units for radio flux densities (mJy and mJy/beam).


GMRT1HXCSF Catalog

This table contains the results of a deep 610-MHz survey of the 1hr XMM-Newton/Chandra survey area with the Giant Metre-wave Radio Telescope (GMRT). The resulting maps have a resolution of ~7 arcseconds and an rms noise limit of 60 microJy (uJy). To a 5-sigma detection limit of 300 uJy, the authors detect 223 sources within a survey area of 64 arcminutes in diameter. They compute the 610-MHz source counts and compare them to those measured at other radio wavelengths. The well-known flattening of the Eucidean-normalized 1.4-GHz source counts below ~ 2 mJy, usually explained by a population of starburst galaxies undergoing luminosity evolution, is seen at 610 MHz.

In 2004 August, the 1hr field (centered at (J2000.0) RA, Dec = 01h 45m 27s, -04o 34' 42") was observed for approximately 4.5 hours at 610 MHz with the GMRT. Observations were carried out in dual band, spectral line mode, the former to maximize bandwidth and the latter to minimize chromatic aberration. Two sidebands, each of 128 spectral channels of 125 kHz, were centred on 602 and 618 MHz to give a total of 32 MHz bandwidth, with two independent circular polarizations recorded.

Sources were extracted with the AIPS task SAD. A conservative peak flux density detection limit of 5 sigma (i.e. 300 uJy) was used to minimize the number of noise spikes spuriously detected as sources. In the areas surrounding the five brightest sources, detection was performed separately with higher detection thresholds to account for the higher rms noise. Within the 20% power radius of the GMRT primary beam at 610 MHz (32 arcminutes), 213 sources were discovered above a 5-sigma peak flux density detection limit of 300 uJy. In order to determine the success of the SAD source extraction, both the science images and the residual noise maps were carefully inspected. There were eight extended sources where the Gaussian model fit by SAD inadequately described the data: these are marked by source_flag = 'a' in this table. The characteristics of these sources were determined using the AIPS task TVSTAT, and contour plots of them are shown in Fig. 1 of the reference paper. Five of these appear to contain two peaks joined by extended emission, that is, they are double-lobe sources.


GMRT4F150M Catalog

Foreground removal is a major challenge for detecting the redshifted 21-cm neutral hydrogen (HI) signal from the Epoch of Reionization. The authors have used 150-MHz Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT) observations to characterize the statistical properties of the foregrounds in four different fields of view. The observational data were used to assess point source subtraction. Considering the brightest source (~1 Jy) in each field, the authors find that the residual artefacts are less than 1.5% in the most sensitive field (FIELD I). Considering all the sources in the fields, they find that the bulk of the image is free of artefacts, the artefacts being localized to the vicinity of the brightest sources. The authors have used FIELD I, which has an rms noise of 1.3 mJy beam-1, to study the properties of the radio source population to a limiting flux of 9 mJy. The differential source count is well fitted with a single power law of slope -1.6. They find there is no evidence for flattening of the source counts towards lower flux densities which suggests that source population is dominated by the classical radio-loud active galactic nuclei.

The authors have observed FIELD I in GMRT Time Allocation Committee (GTAC) cycle 15 in 2008 January, whereas FIELD II and FIELD III were observed in cycle 17 during 2010 February. These target fields were selected at high Galactic latitudes (b > 10o) which were up at night time during the GTAC cycles 15 and 17, and which contain relatively few bright sources (>= 0.3 Jy) in the 1400 MHz NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS). Finally, FIELD IV was observed in cycle 8 (2005 June). Full details of these 4 observations are given in Table 1 of the reference paper.

This table contains the 150-MHz source catalog for the most sensitive observation, namely the 9.8-hour observation of Field I (centered on J2000.0 RA and Dec of 5h 30m 00s, +60o 00' 00"), which was made on 2008 January 8.


GMRTAS150M Catalog

This table contains results from the first full release of a survey of the 150-MHz radio sky, observed with the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT) between April 2010 and March 2012 as part of the TIFR GMRT Sky Survey (TGSS) project. Aimed at producing a reliable compact source survey, the authors' automated data-reduction pipeline efficiently processed more than 2000 hours of observations with minimal human interaction. Through application of innovative techniques such as image-based flagging, direction-dependent calibration of ionospheric phase errors, correcting for systematic offsets in antenna pointing, and improving the primary beam model, the authors created good quality images for over 95% of the 5,336 pointings. This data release covers 36,900 deg2 (or 3.6 pi steradians) of the sky between -53 and +90 degrees Declination, which is 90% of the total sky. The majority of pointing images has a noise level below 5 mJy/beam (the median RMS background noise is 3.5 mJy per beam), with an approximate resolution of 25" x 25" (or 25" x 25"/cos(Dec-19o) for pointings south of 19 degrees Declination). The authors have produced a catalog of 0.62 Million radio sources with flux densities ranging from 11.1 mJy to 9.22 kJy that are derived from an initial, high-reliability source extraction at the 7-sigma level. For the bulk of the survey, the measured overall astrometric accuracy is better than 2 arcseconds in Right Ascension and Declination, while the flux density accuracy is estimated at approximately 10%.

Within the scope of the TGSS Alternative Data Release (TGSS ADR) project, the source catalog, as well as 5,336 mosaic images (5 x 5 degree2) and an image cutout service, are made publicly available as a service to the astronomical community. (The TGSS images and cutout server are available through the project website at http://tgssadr.strw.leidenuniv.nl/). In addition to enabling a wide range of different scientific investigations, the authors anticipate that these survey products will provide a solid reference for various new low-frequency radio aperture array telescopes (LOFAR, LWA, MWA, SKA-low), and can play an important role in characterizing the epoch-of-reionization (EoR) foreground. The TGSS ADR project aims at continuously improving the quality of the survey data products. Near-future improvements include replacement of bright source snapshot images with archival targeted observations, using new observations to fill the holes in sky coverage and to replace very poor quality observational data, and an improved flux calibration strategy for less severely affected observational data.


GMRTELAIN1 Catalog

This table contains a source catalog based on observations of the European Large-Area ISO Survey-North 1 (ELAIS-N1) field taken at 610 MHz with the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope. Nineteen pointings were observed, covering a total area of ~ 9 square degrees with a resolution of 6 x 5 arcsec2, position angle of +45 degrees. Four of the pointings were deep observations with an rms of ~ 40 microJansky (uJy) before primary beam correction, with the remaining fifteen pointings having an rms of ~ 70 uJy. The techniques used for data reduction and production of a mosaicked image of the region are described in the reference paper, where the final mosaic, along with a catalog of 2500 sources detected above a 6-sigma threshold, are presented. This work complements the large amount of optical and infrared data already available on the region. In their paper, the authors calculate 610-MHz source counts down to 270 uJy, and find further evidence for the turnover in differential number counts below 1 mJy, previously seen at both 610 MHz and 1.4 GHz. For further details of the surveys and data analysis procedures, please refer to the published paper.

This table contains the ELAIS-N1 catalog of 2500 detected 610-MHz radio sources.


GMRTELAIN2 Catalog

This table contains a source catalog based on observations of the European Large-Area ISO Survey-North 2 (ELAIS-N2) field taken at 610 MHz with the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT). Thirteen pointings were observed, covering a total area of ~ 6 square degrees with a resolution of 6.5 x 5 arcsec2, position angle of +70 degrees. The rms noise at the center of the pointings is typically ~ 85 microJansky (uJy) before correction for the GMRT primary beam . The techniques used for data reduction and production of a mosaicked image of the region are described in the reference paper, where the final mosaic, along with a catalog of 1310 sources detected above a 6-sigma threshold, are presented. The survey complements existing radio and infrared data that are available for this region. For further details of the surveys and data analysis procedures, please refer to the published paper.

This table contains the ELAIS-N2 catalog of 1310 detected 610-MHz radio sources.


GMRTHA325M Catalog

This table contains a source list from a 325-MHz survey undertaken with the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT). This survey covers a large part of the three equatorial fields at 9, 12 and 14.5 h of Right Ascension from the Herschel-Astrophysical Terahertz Large Area Survey (H-ATLAS) in the area also covered by the Galaxy And Mass Assembly (GAMA) survey. The full data set, after some observed pointings were removed during the data reduction process, comprises 212 GMRT pointings covering ~90 deg2 of sky. A list of the central coordinates of the images from which the sources listed in this catalog are derived is available at http://gmrt-gama.extragalactic.info/GMRT_GAMA_IMAGE_CENTERS. The images themselves are available at http://gmrt-gama.extragalactic.info/.

The authors have imaged and catalogued the data using a pipeline that automates the process of flagging, calibration, self-calibration and source detection for each of the survey pointings. The resulting images have resolutions of between 14 and 24 arcseconds and minimum rms noise (away from bright sources) of ~1 mJy beam-1, and the catalogue contains 5263 sources brighter than the local 5 sigma values. In the reference paper, the authors investigate the spectral indices of those GMRT sources which are also detected at 1.4 GHz and find them to agree broadly with previously published results; there is no evidence for any flattening of the radio spectral index below S1.4 = 10 mJy. This work adds to the large amount of available optical and infrared data in the H-ATLAS equatorial fields and will facilitate further study of the low-frequency radio properties of star formation and AGN activity in galaxies out to z ~1.


GMRTJ0916 Catalog

This table contains a catalog based on deep multifrequency observations made using the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT) at 153, 244, 610 and 1260 MHz of a field centred on J0916+6348, to search for evidence of fossil radio lobes which could be due to an earlier cycle of episodic activity of the parent galaxy, as well as haloes and relics in clusters of galaxies. The authors do not find any unambiguous evidence of episodic activity in a list of 374 sources, suggesting that such activity is rare even in relatively deep low-frequency observations. The authors examine the spectra of all the sources by combining their observations with those from the Westerbork Northern Sky Survey (WENSS), NRAO (National Radio Astronomy Observatories) VLA (Very Large Array) Sky Survey (NVSS) and the Faint Images of the Radio Sky at Twenty-Centimeters Survey (FIRST). Considering only those which have measurements at a minimum of 3 different frequencies, they find that almost all sources are consistent with a straight spectrum with a median spectral index alpha ~ 0.8 (Snu ~ nu-alpha) which appears steeper than theoretical expectations of the injection spectral index. The authors identify 14 very-steep-spectrum sources with alpha >~ 1.3.

This table contains the list of 317 sources (out of the 374 sources which were within 1.5 degrees of the phase center at 153 MHz and had peak brightnesses at least 6 times larger than the local rms value) which were detected at a minimum of 3 frequencies out of the 6 frequencies (153, 244, 327, 610, 1260 and 1400 MHz) which were utilized in this study.

The new observations were made on 2005 December 12 at 153 MHz, 2005 November 26 at 244 MHz and 610 MHz, and on 2008 April 22 at 1260 MHz, on the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (Pune, India).


GMRTK2F1LF Catalog

This table contains some of the results from the first dedicated radio continuum survey of a Kepler K2 mission field, Field 1, covering the North Galactic Cap. The survey was wide-field, contemporaneous, multi-epoch, and multi-resolution in nature and was conducted at low radio frequencies between 140 and 200 MHz. The multi-epoch and ultra-wide-field (but relatively low-resolution) part of the survey was provided by 15 nights of observation using the Murchison Widefield Array (MWA) over a period of approximately a month, contemporaneous with K2 observations of this field. The multi-resolution aspect of the survey was provided by the low-resolution (4 arcminutes) MWA imaging, complemented by non-contemporaneous but much higher resolution (20 arcseconds) observations using the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT). The survey is, therefore, sensitive to the details of radio structures across a wide range of angular scales. Consistent with other recent low radio frequency surveys, no significant radio transients or variables were detected in the survey. The resulting source catalogs consist of 1,085 and 1,468 detections in the two MWA observation bands (centered at 154 and 185 MHz, respectively) and 7,445 detections in the GMRT observation band (centered at 148 MHz), over 314 square degrees. The survey is presented as a significant resource for multi-wavelength investigations of the more than 21,000 target objects in the K2 field. In the reference paper, the authors briefly examined their survey data against K2 target lists for dwarf star types (stellar types M and L) that had been known to produce radio flares.

This survey included contemporaneous observations of the K2 Field 1 made with the MWA and historical (from 2010-2012) observations made with the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research (TIFR) GMRT Sky Survey (TGSS; see http://tgss.ncra.tifr.res.in/), via the TGSS Alternative Data Release 1 (ADR1; Intema et al. 2016, in prep.). The MWA and GMRT are radio telescopes operating at low radio frequencies (approximately 140-200 MHz for the work described here). The K2 mission Campaign 1 was conducted on Field 1 (center at J2000.0 coordinates RA of 11:35:45.51 and Dec of +01:25:02.28;), covering the North Galactic Cap, between 2014 May 30 and August 21.

A full survey of the radio sky at 150 MHz as visible from the GMRT was performed within the scope of the PI-driven TGSS project between 2010 and early 2012, covering the declination range from -55 to +90 degrees. Summarizing the observational parameters as given on the TGSS project website (http://tgss.ncra.tifr.res.in/150MHz/obsstrategy.html), the survey consists of more than 5,000 pointings on an approximate hexagonal grid. Data were recorded in full polarization (RR, LL, RL, LR) every 2 seconds, in 256 frequency channels across 16 MHz of bandwidth (140-156 MHz). Each pointing was observed for about 15 minutes, split over three or more scans spaced in time to improve UV-coverage. Typically, 20-40 pointings were grouped together into single night-time observing sessions, bracketed and interleaved by primary (flux density and bandpass) calibrator scans on 3C48, 3C147, and/or 3C286. Interleaving secondary (phase) calibrator scans on a variety of standard phase calibrators were also included, but were typically too faint to be of significant benefit at these frequencies. The single epoch TGSS image was processed in the same way as each of the MWA images using the background and noise characterization source finding techniques outlined in Section 3.1.3 of the reference paper. A source catalog was produced from the single TGSS image. For the high-resolution TGSS images, the sources were resolved in some cases and so morphology information is included in this catalog.

The final set of MWA images after source finding yielded a total of 1,085 radio sources at 154 MHz, and 1,471 sources at 185 MHz over 314 square degrees, at an angular resolutions of ~4 arcminutes: this MWA catalog is contained in the HEASARC table MWAK2F1HFC, which thus has 1,085 + 1,471 = 2,556 entries. The GMRT images, after source finding, yielded a total of 7,445 radio sources over the same field, at an angular resolution of ~0.3 arcminutes: this GMRT source catalog is contained in the present HEASARC table. Thus, the overall survey covers multiple epochs of observation, spans approximately 140-200 MHz, is sensitive to structures on angular scales from arcseconds to degrees, and the MWA part is contemporaneous with the K2 observations of the field over a period of approximately one month.


GMRTLBDSLY Catalog

It has been known for nearly three decades that high-redshift radio galaxies exhibit steep radio spectra, and hence ultrasteep spectrum radio sources provide candidates for high-redshift radio galaxies. Nearly all radio galaxies with z > 3 have been found using this redshift-spectral index correlation. The authors have started a program with the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT) to exploit this correlation at flux density levels about 10 to 100 times deeper than the known high-redshift radio galaxies which were identified primarily using the already available radio catalogs. In their program, they have obtained deep, high-resolution radio observations at 150 MHz with the GMRT for several "deep" fields which are well studied at higher radio frequencies and in other bands of the electromagnetic spectrum, with the aim to detect candidate high-redshift radio galaxies. In their paper, they present results from the deep 150-MHz observations of the LBDS (Leiden-Berkeley Deep Survey) Lynx field, which has been already imaged at 327, 610 and 1412 MHz with the Westerbork Synthesis Radio Telescope (WSRT) and at 1400 and 4860 MHz with the Very Large Array (VLA). The counterparts for the 150-MHz sources at higher radio frequencies were searched within a 20-arcsec radius from the 150-MHz position.

The 150-MHz image made with the GMRT has an rms noise of ~ 0.7 mJy beam-1 and a resolution of ~ 19 x 15 arcsec2. It is the deepest low-frequency image of the LBDS-Lynx field. The source catalog of this field at 150 MHz has 765 sources down to ~ 20% of the primary beam response, covering an area of about 15 deg2. The spectral index was estimated by cross-correlating each source detected at 150 MHz with the available observations at 327, 610, 1400 and 4860 MHz and also using available radio surveys such as the Westerbork Northern Sky Survey (WENSS) at 327 MHz and the NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) and the Faint Images of the Radio Sky at Twenty-cm (FIRST) survey at 1400 MHz. A total of 639 sources out of 765 (83%) have spectral indices determined. The remaining 17% of the sources are mostly weak radio sources with a median flux density of ~ 9 mJy, or fall in the regions where deep observations at higher frequencies do not exist. The median spectral index of the sample is 0.78. The authors find about 150 radio sources with spectra steeper than 1. About two-thirds of these are not detected in the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS), hence are strong candidate high-redshift radio galaxies, which need to be further explored with deep infrared imaging and spectroscopy to estimate the redshift. The list of the 98 such steep-spectrum sources lacking SDSS counterparts is given in Table 4 of the published paper.


GMRTLHCAT Catalog

This table contains a source catalog based on observations of the Lockman Hole with the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT) taken at 610 MHz (49 cm). Twelve pointings were observed, covering a total area of ~5 deg2 with a resolution of 6 x 5 arcsec2, position angle +45 degrees. The majority of the pointings have an rms noise of ~ 60 microJy/beam (uJy/beam) before correction for the attenuation of the GMRT primary beam. The techniques used for data reduction and the production of a mosaicked image of the region are described in the reference paper, where the final mosaic is presented, along with a catalog of 2845 sources detected above the 6-sigma threshold which is contained in this table. In the paper, radio source counts are calculated at 610 MHz and combined with existing 1.4-GHz source counts, in order to show that pure luminosity evolution of the local radio luminosity functions for active galactic nuclei and starburst galaxies is sufficient to account for the two source counts simultaneously.

The 'central region' of the Lockman Hole, consisting of 12 pointings spaced by 36 arcminutes in a hexagonal pattern (shown in Fig. 1 of the reference paper) was observed on 2004 July 24 and 25 using the GMRT. The observations were made in two 16-MHz sidebands centered on 610 MHz, each split into 128 spectral channels, with a 16.9s integration time.


GMRTLHCAT2 Catalog

This table contains a source catalog based on further observations of the Lockman Hole field, made with the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope at 610 MHz with an angular resolution of 6 x 5 arcsec2. These complement this group's earlier observations of the central ~ 5 deg2 of the Lockman Hole (Garn et al. 2008, MNRAS, 387, 1037, the HEASARC Browse table GMRTLHCAT) by covering a further ~ 8 deg2 area, with an rms noise down to ~ 80 microJansky/beam (uJy/beam). A catalog of 4934 radio sources in both the inner and outer regions of the Lockman Hole is presented in this table.

The earlier survey had 12 pointings covering ~ 5 square degrees in the center of the Lockman Hole, and herein a further 26 pointings in the outer parts of the Lockman Hole are added, to cover a total of ~ 14 square degrees. To match the earlier survey, the images were made with a resolution of 6" x 5", at a position angle of +45 degrees. The majority of the new pointings have an rms noise of ~80 uJy/beam before the primary beam correction, but the noise in the west - particularly near the very bright source 3C244.1 - is worse.


GMRTLHCAT3 Catalog

In the run-up to routine observations with the upcoming generation of radio facilities, the nature of the sub-mJy radio population has been hotly debated. In this paper, the authors describe multi-frequency data designed to probe the emission mechanism that dominates in these faint radio sources. Their analysis is based on observations of the Lockman Hole (LH) using the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT) near Pune, India - the deepest 610-MHz imaging yet reported - together with 1.4-GHz imaging from the Very Large Array (VLA), which are well matched in resolution and sensitivity to the GMRT data: sigma610MHz ~ 15 microJy/beam (uJy/beam), sigma}1.4GHz ~ 6 uJy/beam, and full width at half-maximum (FWHM) ~ 5 arcseconds. The GMRT and VLA data are cross-matched to obtain the radio spectral indices for the faint radio emitters.

During six 12-hr sessions in 2006 February and July, the authors obtained data at 610 MHz for three pointings (FWHM ~ 43 arcminutes) in the LH (see Table 1 of the reference paper for full details), separated by 11 arcminutes (the LOCKMAN-E, LOCK-3 and LHEX-4 fields), typically with 28 of the 30 antennas that comprise the GMRT. The total integration time in each field, after overheads, was 16 hr. The final image had a noise level in the central 100 arcmin2 of 14.7 uJy/beam, the deepest map reported at 610 MHz as of the date of publication, despite the modest integration time. New and archival data were obtained at the same three positions using the National Radio Astronomy Observatory's VLA, largely in its B configuration.

This table contains 1585 sources found in the LH field at 610 MHz by the GMRT. For 19 of the sources which have multiple components, the 34 individual components are listed as well. Thus, the final table contains 1619 (1585 + 34) entries. Source extraction was based on criteria of peak brightness > 5 times the local rms and integrated flux density > 3 times the local rms.


GMRTSPXFLS Catalog

This table contains a source catalog based on observations of the Spitzer extragalactic First Look Survey (xFLS) field taken at 610 MHz with the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT). Seven individual pointings were observed, covering a total area of ~ 4 square degrees with a resolution of 5.8 x 4.7 arcsec2, position angle 60 degrees. The rms noise at the center of the pointings is between 27 and 30 microJansky (uJy) before correction for the GMRT primary beam. The techniques used for data reduction and production of a mosaicked image of the region are described in the reference paper, where the final mosaic, along with a catalog of 3944 sources detected above a ~ 5-sigma threshold, are presented. The survey complements existing radio and infrared data available for this region. For further details of the surveys and data analysis procedures, please refer to the published paper.

This table contains the xFLS catalog of 3944 610-MHz radio sources detected by the GMRT, the 05-May-2008 (Release 1.1) version provided to the CDS by the co-author Sally Hales (MRAO, Cambridge). In this version, a rounding error in the right ascension and declination positions listed for some sources in the original 10-May-2007 (Release 1.0) version has been corrected. The source IAU designations remain unchanged, having been based on the correctly computed positions throughout. The main purpose in correcting the positions was to eliminate sporadic mismatches between IAU designation and listed position in the first data release. In other respects the effect on the positions is negligible.


GMRTVVDSVL Catalog

This table contains the 5-sigma catalog at 610 MHz of the VIMOS VLT Deep Survey-Very Large Array (VVDS-VLA) deep field obtained from Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT) observations. The field is located at RA, Dec = 02:26:00, -04:30:00 (J2000) and covers a 1-square degree area.

The GMRT observations imaged the whole 1 square degree field with an angular resolution of 6 arcseconds and an average sensitivity of about 50 µJy/beam. The catalog lists 514 radio sources, 17 of which are fitted with multiple components (between 2 and 5). For these multiple sources, each component (A, B, etc.) is listed separately, and the entire source (indicated by the suffix T in the name) is also listed. Thus, there are 557 entries in this table, 43 of which correspond to multiple components.


GMRTXL240M Catalog

The low-frequency radio survey of the XMM-Large Scale Structure (XMM-LSS) field centered at RA (J2000) = 2h24m00s, Dec (J2000) = -4009'47" aims to study the connection between the extragalactic radio source populations and their environment as traced by X-ray and optical emission. In their paper, the authors present new radio observations of the XMM-LSS field carried out using the Giant Meterwave Radio Telescope (GMRT) at 240 and 610 MHz. These observations complement the observations presented by Cohen at al. (2003, ApJ, 591, 640; CDS Cat. <J/ApJ/591/640>) and Tasse et al. (2006, A&A, 456, 791; CDS Cat. <J/A+A/456/791>) at 74 and 325 MHz with the Very Large Array (VLA). At 240 and 610 MHz, the authors reach noise levels of ~2.5 and ~0.3 mJy/beam, leading to the detection of 466 and 769 sources over 18.0 and 12.7 degree2 with resolutions of 14.7 arcseconds and 6.5 arcseconds, respectively. Combining these data with the available source lists at 74 MHz, 325 MHz (Tasse et al., 2006) and 1400MHz (NVSS), the authors built a multifrequency catalog containing 1611 radio sources. They checked for consistency of the astrometry and flux density estimates. They fit a simple synchrotron radiation model to the flux density measurements of the 318 radio sources that were detected in at least 4 bands. While ~26% of them showed signature of spectral ageing, ~6% showed self absorption.

This table contains the GMRT 240-MHz source list, comprising 388 single sources and 183 components of multiple sources, for a total of 571 entries. For the multiple sources, each component (A, B, etc.) is listed separately, in order of decreasing brightness.


GMRTXL610M Catalog

The low-frequency radio survey of the XMM-Large Scale Structure (XMM-LSS) field centered at RA (J2000) = 2h24m00s, Dec (J2000) = -4009'47" aims to study the connection between the extragalactic radio source populations and their environment as traced by X-ray and optical emission. In their paper, the authors present new radio observations of the XMM-LSS field carried out using the Giant Meterwave Radio Telescope (GMRT) at 240 and 610 MHz. These observations complement the observations presented by Cohen at al. (2003, ApJ, 591, 640; CDS Cat. <J/ApJ/591/640>) and Tasse et al. (2006, A&A, 456, 791; CDS Cat. <J/A+A/456/791>) at 74 and 325 MHz with the Very Large Array (VLA). At 240 and 610 MHz, the authors reach noise levels of ~2.5 and ~0.3 mJy/beam, leading to the detection of 466 and 769 sources over 18.0 and 12.7 degree2 with resolutions of 14.7 arcseconds and 6.5 arcseconds, respectively. Combining these data with the available source lists at 74 MHz, 325 MHz (Tasse et al., 2006) and 1400MHz (NVSS), the authors built a multifrequency catalog containing 1611 radio sources. They checked for consistency of the astrometry and flux density estimates. They fit a simple synchrotron radiation model to the flux density measurements of the 318 radio sources that were detected in at least 4 bands. While ~26% of them showed signature of spectral ageing, ~6% showed self absorption.

This table contains the GMRT 610-MHz source list, comprising 592 single sources and 445 components of multiple sources, for a total of 1037 entries. For the multiple sources, each component (A, B, etc.) is listed separately, in order of decreasing brightness.


GP7C151MHZ Catalog

Results from a survey of the northern Galactic plane (at Declination >= 30o at 151 MHz made with the Cambridge Low Frequency Synthesis Telescope (CLFST) are presented in this table. This survey was designated the 7C(G) - i.e. the Galactic portion of the then-ongoing 7C surveys. The 7C(G) covers the regions 80o < l < 104o and 126o < l < 180o, for |b| <= 5.5o, and has some coverage to |b| ~ 9o, with a resolution of ~70 x70 cosec{delta} arcsec2 (RA x Dec). The observations, data reduction and calibration of this survey are described in the reference paper, and the catalog of 6262 compact sources, with a completeness limit of ~ 0.25 Jy (250 mJy) over most of the survey region, is presented in this table. The catalog has an rms positional accuracy of better than 10 arcseconds, and the flux densities are tied to the scale of Roger, Bridle & Costain (1973, AJ, 78, 1030) with an accuracy of better than 10 per cent.

GPA Catalog

This table contains results from the first Galactic Plane (GP) Survey at 8.35 and 14.35 GHz (3.6 and 2.1 cm). In this project, the first images of the GP in the galactic latitude range |b| < 5 degrees and the galactic longitude range -15 degrees < l < 255 degrees at 8.35 and 14.35 GHz were presented. These observations used the National Radio Astronomy Observatory-NASA Green Bank Earth Station to survey the sky simultaneously at these two frequencies. These GPA data are the first results from the GP Survey observations, a program to monitor this portion of the sky at 8.35 and 14.35 GHz. The GP Survey series is intended to detect short-lived radio sources. In their published paper, the authors presented four independent observations of the Galactic plane, combined to provide a set of reference images of the Galactic plane. This first GPA survey covers 0.82 steradian (6.5%) of the sky. This table conatins a source list of all sources which were brighter than 0.9 Jy at 8.35 GHz and also of all sources brighter than 2.5 Jy at 14.35 GHz. The FITS format images, residual images, source lists, and archive data are available over the internet at http://www.gb.nrao.edu/~glangsto/GPA .

KUEHR Catalog

This catalog is a compilation of 518 extragalactic radio sources with flux densities greater than 1 Jy at 5 GHz. It contains sources from the NRAO-MPI 5-GHz Strong Source Surveys and from re-observation at 5 GHz of sources found in the Parkes 2.7-GHz surveys. All sources were found in 9.811 sr covered by the two surveys. This is essentially the whole sky, excluding the galactic plane (latitudes less than 10 degrees) and the Magellanic Clouds. The catalog includes radio flux densities, radio positions, object classes, visual magnitudes, redshifts, and spectral indices.

LD7C151MHZ Catalog

The Cambridge Low Frequency Synthesis Telescope (CLFST) has been used at 151 MHz to survey a region of 1393 square degrees, in the range of RA from 9h to 16h, and of Dec from 20o to 35o, with an angular resolution of 108 x 108cosec(Dec) arcsec2. The rms noise in the maps is in general ~ 35 - 55 mJy/beam, but varies considerably and exceeds this in some areas. The authors have extracted sources with signal-to-noise ratio > 5.5, a total of 5526 sources, and this table contains the catalog of their positions and flux densities.

LOF3C29534 Catalog

This table contains the source list from Low Frequency Array (LOFAR) Low Band observations of the 3C 295 field at 34 MHz. The image of this field made at 34 MHz reaches a noise level of 12 mJy beam-1, making it the deepest image ever obtained at this frequency. In total, the authors detect 392 sources in the 3C 295 34-MHz field image, covering an area of 52.3 square degrees out to a primary-beam attenuation factor of 0.4. From these and simultaneous observations made at other low-band frequencies, the authors derive Euclidean-normalized differential source counts. The 62-MHz source counts agree with previous GMRT 153 MHz and Very Large Array 74 MHz differential source counts, scaling with a spectral index of -0.7. The authors find that a spectral index scaling of -0.5 is required to match up the LOFAR 34 MHz source counts. This result is also in agreement with source counts from the 38 MHz 8C survey, indicating that the average spectral index of radio sources flattens toward lower frequencies. The authors also find evidence for spectral flattening using the individual flux measurements of sources between 34 and 1400 MHz and by calculating the spectral index averaged over the source population. To select ultra-steep spectrum (alpha < -1.1) radio sources that could be associated with massive high-redshift radio galaxies, the authors compute spectral indices between 62 MHz, 153 MHz, and 1.4 GHz for sources in the Bootes field. They cross-correlate these radio sources with optical and infrared catalogs and fit the spectral energy distribution to obtain photometric redshifts. They find that most of these ultra-steep spectrum sources are located in the 0.7 <~ z <~ 2.5 range.

The Bootes and 3C 295 fields were simultaneously observed on 2012 April 12 as part of a multi-beam observation with the LOFAR LBA stations. The idea behind the multi-beam setup was to use the 3C 295 observations as a calibrator field to transfer the gain amplitudes to the (target) Bootes field. The pointing center of the 3C 295 field was J2000.0 RA, Dec = 14h 11m 20.9s, +52o 13' 55". The total integration time on both fields was 10.25 hr. The '34-MHz' observing band for the 3C 295 field observations was from 30 - 40 MHz, with 21 sub-bands more or less evenly distributed within this frequency range, with a total bandwidth of 4.1 MHz. The synthesized beam for this observation the image characteristics in Table 2 of the reference paper.


LOF3C29546 Catalog

This table contains the source list from Low Frequency Array (LOFAR) Low Band observations of the 3C 295 field at 46 MHz. The image of this field made at 46 MHz reaches a noise level of 8 mJy beam-1, making it the deepest image ever obtained at this frequency. In total, the authors detect 367 sources in the 3C 295 46-MHz field image, covering an area of 30.5 square degrees out to a primary-beam attenuation factor of 0.4. From these and simultaneous observations made at other low-band frequencies, the authors derive Euclidean-normalized differential source counts. The 62-MHz source counts agree with previous GMRT 153 MHz and Very Large Array 74 MHz differential source counts, scaling with a spectral index of -0.7. The authors find that a spectral index scaling of -0.5 is required to match up the LOFAR 34 MHz source counts. This result is also in agreement with source counts from the 38 MHz 8C survey, indicating that the average spectral index of radio sources flattens toward lower frequencies. The authors also find evidence for spectral flattening using the individual flux measurements of sources between 34 and 1400 MHz and by calculating the spectral index averaged over the source population. To select ultra-steep spectrum (alpha < -1.1) radio sources that could be associated with massive high-redshift radio galaxies, the authors compute spectral indices between 62 MHz, 153 MHz, and 1.4 GHz for sources in the Bootes field. They cross-correlate these radio sources with optical and infrared catalogs and fit the spectral energy distribution to obtain photometric redshifts. They find that most of these ultra-steep spectrum sources are located in the 0.7 <~ z <~ 2.5 range.

The Bootes and 3C 295 fields were simultaneously observed on 2012 April 12 as part of a multi-beam observation with the LOFAR LBA stations. The idea behind the multi-beam setup was to use the 3C 295 observations as a calibrator field to transfer the gain amplitudes to the (target) Bootes field. The pointing center of the 3C 295 field was J2000.0 RA, Dec = 14h 11m 20.9s, +52o 13' 55". The total integration time on both fields was 10.25 hr. The '46-MHz' observing band for the 3C 295 field observations was from 40 - 54 MHz, with 25 sub-bands more or less evenly distributed within this frequency range, with a total bandwidth of 4.9 MHz. The synthesized beam for this observation the image characteristics in Table 2 of the reference paper.


LOF3C29562 Catalog

This table contains the source list from Low Frequency Array (LOFAR) Low Band observations of the 3C 295 field at 62 MHz. The images of this field and the Bootes field made at 62 MHz reach a noise level of 5 mJy beam-1, making them the deepest images ever obtained at this frequency. In total, the authors detect 329 sources in the 3C 295 62-MHz field image, covering an area of 17.0 square degrees out to a primary-beam attenuation factor of 0.4. From the observations, the authors derive Euclidean-normalized differential source counts. The 62-MHz source counts agree with previous GMRT 153 MHz and Very Large Array 74 MHz differential source counts, scaling with a spectral index of -0.7. The authors find that a spectral index scaling of -0.5 is required to match up the LOFAR 34 MHz source counts. This result is also in agreement with source counts from the 38 MHz 8C survey, indicating that the average spectral index of radio sources flattens toward lower frequencies. The authors also find evidence for spectral flattening using the individual flux measurements of sources between 34 and 1400 MHz and by calculating the spectral index averaged over the source population. To select ultra-steep spectrum (alpha < -1.1) radio sources that could be associated with massive high-redshift radio galaxies, the authors compute spectral indices between 62 MHz, 153 MHz, and 1.4 GHz for sources in the Bootes field. They cross-correlate these radio sources with optical and infrared catalogs and fit the spectral energy distribution to obtain photometric redshifts. They find that most of these ultra-steep spectrum sources are located in the 0.7 <~ z <~ 2.5 range.

The Bootes and 3C 295 fields were simultaneously observed on 2012 April 12 as part of a multi-beam observation with the LOFAR LBA stations. The idea behind the multi-beam setup was to use the 3C 295 observations as a calibrator field to transfer the gain amplitudes to the (target) Bootes field. The pointing center of the 3C 295 field was J2000.0 RA, Dec = 14h 11m 20.9s, +52o 13' 55". The total integration time on both fields was 10.25 hr. The observing band for the 3C 295 field 62-MHz observations was 54 - 70 MHz, was centered at 62 MHz, with a full coverage bandwidth of 16 MHz. The synthesized beam for this observation had dimensions of 29 arcseconds x 18 arcseconds. An


LOFARBF62M Catalog

This table contains the source list from Low Frequency Array (LOFAR) Low Band observations of the Bootes field at 62 MHz. The images of this field and the 3C 295 field made at 62 MHz reach a noise level of 5 mJy beam-1, making them the deepest images ever obtained at this frequency. In total, the authors detect 329 sources in the Bootes 62-MHz field image, covering an area of 19.4 square degrees out to a primary-beam attenuation factor of 0.4. From the observations, the authors derive Euclidean-normalized differential source counts. The 62-MHz source counts agree with previous GMRT 153 MHz and Very Large Array 74 MHz differential source counts, scaling with a spectral index of -0.7. The authors find that a spectral index scaling of -0.5 is required to match up the LOFAR 34 MHz source counts. This result is also in agreement with source counts from the 38 MHz 8C survey, indicating that the average spectral index of radio sources flattens toward lower frequencies. The authors also find evidence for spectral flattening using the individual flux measurements of sources between 34 and 1400 MHz and by calculating the spectral index averaged over the source population. To select ultra-steep spectrum (alpha < -1.1) radio sources that could be associated with massive high-redshift radio galaxies, the authors compute spectral indices between 62 MHz, 153 MHz, and 1.4 GHz for sources in the Bootes field. They cross-correlate these radio sources with optical and infrared catalogs and fit the spectral energy distribution to obtain photometric redshifts. They find that most of these ultra-steep spectrum sources are located in the 0.7 <~ z <~ 2.5 range.

The Bootes and 3C 295 fields were simultaneously observed on 2012 April 12 as part of a multi-beam observation with the LOFAR LBA stations. The idea behind the multi-beam setup was to use the 3C 295 observations as a calibrator field to transfer the gain amplitudes to the (target) Bootes field (pointing center of J2000.0 RA and Dec of 14h 32m 03.0s, +34o 16' 33"). The total integration time on both fields was 10.25 hr. The observing band for the Bootes field observations was centered at 62 MHz, with a bandwidth of 16 MHz. The synthesized beam for this observation had dimensions of 31 arcseconds x the reference paper.


LOFHATLAS Catalog

This table contains some of the results of Low-Frequency Array (LOFAR) High-Band Array (HBA) observations of the Herschel-ATLAS North Galactic Pole (NGP) survey area. The survey the authors carried out, consisting of four pointings covering around 142 deg2 of sky in the frequency range 126-173 MHz, does not provide uniform noise coverage but otherwise is representative of the quality of data to be expected in the planned LOFAR wide-area surveys, and has been reduced using recently developed 'facet calibration' methods at a resolution approaching the full resolution of the data sets (~10 x 6 arcsec) and an rms off-source noise that ranges from 100 µJy beam-1 in the center of the best fields to around 2 mJy/beam at the furthest extent of their imaging. In the reference paper, the authors describe the imaging, cataloguing and source identification processes, and present some initial science results based on a 5-sigma source catalog. These include (i) an initial look at the radio/far-infrared correlation at 150 MHz, showing that many Herschel sources are not yet detected by LOFAR; (ii) number counts at 150 MHz, including, for the first time, observational constraints on the numbers of star-forming galaxies; (iii) the 150-MHz luminosity functions for active and star-forming galaxies, which agree well with determinations at higher frequencies at low redshift, and show strong redshift evolution of the star-forming population; and (iv) some discussion of the implications of these observations for studies of radio galaxy life cycles.

The NGP field was observed in four separate pointings, chosen to maximize the area of sky covered, with the LOFAR HBA as part of the Surveys Key Science project. These observations used the HBA_DUAL_INNER mode, meaning that the station beams of core and remote stations roughly matched each other and giving the widest possible field of view. The first observation, which was made early on in LOFAR operations, was of slightly longer duration (~10 h) than the others (~8 h). International stations were included in some of the observations in 2014 but were not used in any of the authors' analysis, which uses only the Dutch array.

The author were interested in imaging in several separate frequency ranges (which are referred to hereafter as 'spectral windows'), since they wanted to be able to measure in-band spectral indices for detected sources. In addition, facet calibrating in different spectral windows could be done in parallel, speeding the processing up considerably. Accordingly, they chose to facet calibrate with six spectral windows, each made up of four bands and thus containing about 8 MHz of bandwidth:

Spectral   Nominal Frequency   Frequency Range
Window          (MHz)              (MHz)

1               130            126 - 134
2               138            134 - 142
3               146            142 - 150
4               154            150 - 158
5               161            158 - 166
6               169            166 - 173

The final source catalog was made by combining the four per-field catalogs. Ideally, the authors would have combined the images of each field and done source finding on a mosaicked image, but this proved computationally intractable given the very large image cubes that result from having six spectral windows. They therefore merged the catalogs by identifying the areas of sky where there is overlap between the fields and choosing those sources which are measured from the region with the best rms values. This should ensure that there are no duplicate sources in the final catalog. The final master catalogue contains 17,132 sources and is derived from images covering a total of 142.7 deg2 of independently imaged sky, with widely varying sensitivity. Total HBA-band (150-MHz) flux densities of catalogued sources detected using the PYBDSM software and a 5-sigma detection threshold range from a few hundred µJy to 20 Jy, with a median of 10 mJy. The authors examined all sources in the initial master catalog for associations with sources in other surveys, for rejection as artifacts, and for optical identifications, as described in detail in Section 3.5 of the reference paper. The final outcomes of this process were (a) an associated, artifact-free catalog of 15,292 sources, all of which the authors believe to be real physical objects which is contained in the present HEASARC table, and (b) a catalog of 6,227 objects with plausible, single optical identifications with Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS) sources, representing an identification fraction of just over 40 per cent. (Note that around 50 sources with more than one equally plausible optical identification are excluded from this catalog; further observation would be required to disambiguate these sources).


LORCAT Catalog

A well-known property of the gamma-ray sources detected by Cos-B in the 1970s, by the Compton Gamma-Ray Observatory in the 1990s, and recently by the Fermi Gamma-ray Observatory is the presence of radio counterparts, particularly for those associated with extragalactic objects. This observational evidence is the basis of the radio/gamma-ray connection established for the class of active galactic nuclei known as blazars. In particular, the main spectral property of the radio counterparts associated with gamma-ray blazars is that they show a flat spectrum in the GHz frequency range. The authors' recent analysis dedicated to search for blazar-like candidates as potential counterparts for the unidentified gamma-ray sources allowed them to extend the radio/gamma-ray connection in the MHz regime. They also showed that blazars below 1 GHz maintain flat radio spectra. Thus, on the basis of these new results, the authors have assembled a low-frequency radio catalog of flat-spectrum sources built by combining the radio observations of the Westerbork Northern Sky Survey (WENSS) and of the Westerbork in the southern hemisphere (WISH) catalogs with those of the NRAO Very Large Array Sky survey (NVSS). This catalog could be used in the future to search for new, unknown blazar-like counterparts of gamma-ray sources. First, the authors found NVSS counterparts of Westerbork Synthesis Radio Telescope (WSRT) radio sources, and then they selected flat-spectrum radio sources according to a new spectral criterion, specifically defined for radio observations performed below 1 GHz. In their paper, they also describe the main properties of the catalog listing 28,358 radio sources with spectral indices between 1400 and 325/352 MHz between -1.0 and +0.4, and their log N - log S distributions. Finally, a comparison with the Green Bank 6 cm radio source catalog was performed so as to investigate the spectral shape of the low-frequency flat-spectrum radio sources at higher frequencies.

LOTSSPRCAT Catalog

The Low Frequency Array (LOFAR) Two-metre Sky Survey (LoTSS) is a deep 120-168 MHz imaging survey that will eventually cover the entire Northern sky. Each of the 3,170 pointings will be observed for 8 hours, which, at most declinations, is sufficient to produce ~5-arcsec resolution images with a sensitivity of ~0.1 mJy/beam and accomplish the main scientific aims of the survey which are to explore the formation and evolution of massive black holes, galaxies, clusters of galaxies and large-scale structure. Due to the compact core and long baselines of LOFAR, the images provide excellent sensitivity to both highly extended and compact emission. For legacy value, the data are archived at high spectral and time resolution to facilitate sub-arcsecond imaging and spectral line studies. In this paper, The authors observational status, the current calibration techniques, a preliminary data release, and the anticipated scientific impact. The preliminary images that they have released were created using a fully-automated but direction-independent calibration strategy and are significantly more sensitive than those produced by any existing large-area low-frequency survey. In excess of 44,000 sources are detected in the images that have a resolution of 25-arcseconds, typical noise levels of less than 0.5 mJy/beam, and cover an area of 381 square degrees in the region of the HETDEX Spring Field (Right Ascension 10h 45m 00s to 15h 30^m ^00s and Declination +45o 00' 00" to +57o 00' 00").

Source detection on the mosaics that are centered on each pointing was performed with PyBDSM (See http://www.astron.nl/citt/pybdsm/ for more details). In an effort to minimize contamination from artifacts, the catalog was created using a conservative 7-sigma detection threshold. Furthermore, as the artifacts are predominantly in regions surrounding bright sources, the authors utilized the PyBDSM functionality to decrease the size of the box used to calculate the local noise when close to bright sources, which has the effect of increasing the estimated noise level in these regions. Their catalogs from each mosaic are merged to create a final catalogue of the entire HETDEX Spring Field region. During this process, the authors remove multiple entries for sources by only keeping sources that are detected in the mosaic centered on the pointing to which the source is closest to the center. In the catalog, they provide the type of source, for which they used PyBDSM to distinguish isolated compact sources, large complex sources, and sources that are within an island of emission that contains multiple sources. In addition, they attempted to distinguish between sources that are resolved and unresolved in their images.

The authors have provided a preliminary data release from the LOFAR Two-metre Sky Survey (LoTSS). This release contains 44,500 sources which were detected with a signal in excess of seven times the local noise in their 25" resolution images. The noise varies across the surveyed region but is typically below 0.5 mJy/beam and the authors estimate the catalog to be 90% complete for sources with flux densities in excess of 3.9 mJy/beam.


LOWZVLQVLA Catalog

This table contains results from 6-GHz Jansky Very Large Array (JVLA) observations covering a volume-limited sample of 178 low-redshift (0.2 < z <0.3) optically selected quasi-stellar objects (QSOs). These 176 radio detections fall into two clear categories: (1) about 20% are radio-loud QSOs (RLQs) with spectral luminosities of L6 >~ 1023.2 W/Hz that are primarily generated in the active galactic nucleus (AGN) responsible for the excess optical luminosity that defines a bona fide QSO; and (2) the remaining 80% that are radio-quiet QSOs (RQQs) that have 1021 <~ L6 <~ 1023.2 W/Hz and radio sizes <~ 10 kpc, and the authors suggest that the bulk of their radio emission is powered by star formation in their host galaxies. "Radio-silent" QSOs (L_6_<~ 1021 W/Hz) are rare, so most RQQ host galaxies form stars faster than the Milky Way; they are not "red and dead" ellipticals. Earlier radio observations did not have the luminosity sensitivity of L6 <~ 1021 W/Hz that is needed to distinguish between such RLQs and RQQs. Strong, generally double-sided radio emission spanning >> 10 kpc was found to be associated with 13 of the 18 RLQ cores with peak flux densities of Sp > 5 mJy/beam (log(L) >~ 24). The radio luminosity function of optically selected QSOs and the extended radio emission associated with RLQs are both inconsistent with simple "unified" models that invoke relativistic beaming from randomly oriented QSOs to explain the difference between RLQs and RQQs. Some intrinsic property of the AGN or their host galaxies must also determine whether or not a QSO appears radio-loud.

The authors have reprocessed the VLA observations of a sample of SDSS QSOs discussed in Kimball et al. (2011, ApJ, 739, L29). These were obtained using the VLA C configuration with a central frequency of 6 GHz and a bandwidth of 2 GHz in each of the two circular polarizations: with natural weighting the synthesized beam width was 3.5 arcseconds FWHM. The authors generated a catalog of radio sources associated with each QSO. They detected radio emission at 6 GHz from all but two of the 178 color-selected SDSS QSOs contained in this volume-limited sample of QSOs more luminous than Mi = -23 and with redshifts 0.2 < z < 0.3.

All calculations in the reference paper assume a flat LambdaCDM cosmology with H0 = 70 km s-1 Mpc-1 and OmegaLambda = 0.7. Spectral luminosities are specified by their source-frame frequencies, flux densities are specified in the observer's frame, and a mean spectral index of alpha = d(log S)/d(log nu) = -0.7 is used to make frequency conversions


MAGPIS Catalog

The Multi-Array Galactic Plane Imaging Survey (MAGPIS) maps portions of the first Galactic quadrant with an angular resolution, sensitivity, and dynamic range that surpass existing radio images of the Milky Way by more than an order of magnitude. The source detection threshold at 20 cm is in the range 1-2 mJy over the 85% of the survey region (Galactic longitudes from 5 to 32 degrees and Galactic latitudes within 0.8 degrees of the Galactic plane) not covered by bright extended emission; the angular resolution is ~6". Over 3000 discrete sources (diameters mostly <30") and ~400 diffuse emission regions are catalogued.

Additional information and data products, including full-resolution 20 cm images, complementary 90 cm images, regridded MSX 21 micron images, an image atlas of diffuse emission regions are available at the MAGPIS web site http://third.ucllnl.org/gps


MGPS2 Catalog

This table contains the Molonglo Galactic Plane Survey 2nd Epoch (MGPS-2) Compact Source Catalog. The MGPS-2 was carried out with the Molonglo Observatory Synthesis Telescope (MOST) at a frequency of 843 MHz and with a restoring beam of 45" x 45" cosec |(delta)|, where delta is the declination, making it the highest resolution large-scale radio survey of the southern Galactic plane to date. It covers the range |b| < 10 degrees and 245 < l < 365 degrees, where l and b are the Galactic longitude and latitude, and is the Galactic counterpart to the SUMSS (CDS Cat. VIII/81) Catalog which covers that portion of the southern sky with delta < -30 degrees, |b| > 10 degrees.

This version of the catalog (15-Aug-2007) consists of 48850 compact sources, made by fitting elliptical Gaussians in the MGPS-2 mosaics to a limiting peak brightness of 10 mJy/beam. The authors used a custom method (described in the associated reference publication) to remove extended sources from the catalog. Positions in the catalog are accurate to 1" - 2". The authors have carried out an analysis of the compact source density across the Galactic plane and find that the source density is not statistically higher than the density expected from the extragalactic source density alone.

See http://www.astrop.physics.usyd.edu.au/mosaics for access to the MGPS-2 mosaic images.


MITGB6CM Catalog

The MIT-Green Bank 5 GHz Survey Catalog was produced from four separate surveys with the National Radio Astronomy Observatory (NRAO) 91m transit telescope, the results from which were presented in papers by Bennett et al., 1986ApJS...61....1B (MG1), Langston et al., 1990ApJS...72..621L (MG2), Griffith et al., 1990ApJS...74..129G (MG3), and Griffith et al. 1991ApJS...75..801G (MG4). The sky coverage of the various surveys is:
    00h    < RAB < 24h,    -00d30'13" < DECB < +19d29'47" for MG1
    04h    < RAJ < 21h,    +17.0d     < DECJ < +39d09'    for MG2
    16h30m < RAB < 05h,    +17d       < DECB < +39d09'    for MG3
    15h30m < RAB < 02h30m, +37.00d    < DECB < +50d58'48" for MG4
where RAB and DECB refer to B1950 coordinates, and RAJ and DECJ refer to J2000 coordinates. The catalog contains 20344 sources detected with a signal-to-noise ratio greater than 5 and 3836 possible detections (MG1) with a signal-to-noise ratio less than 5. Spectral indices are computed for MG1 sources also identified in the Texas 365 MHz survey (Douglas et al. 1980, Univ. Texas Pub. Astr. No. 17), and for MG1-MG4 sources also identified in the NRAO 1400 MHz Survey (Condon and Broderick 1985, AJ, 90, 2540 = 1985AJ.....90.2540C).

MOSTATLAS Catalog

At the faintest radio flux densities (S1.4 < 10 mJy), conflicting results have arisen regarding whether there is a flattening of the average spectral index between a low radio frequency (325 or 610 MHz) and, for example, 1.4 GHz. The authors present a new catalog of 843-MHz radio sources in the European Large Area ISO Survey-South 1 (ELAIS-S1) field, which contains the sources, their Australia Telescope Large Area Survey (ATLAS) counterparts and the spectral index distribution of the sources as a function of flux density. The authors do not find any statistically significant evidence for a trend towards flatter spectral indices with decreasing flux density. In the reference paper, they investigate the spectral index distribution with redshift for those sources with reliable redshifts and explore the infrared properties. An initial sample of faint compact steep-spectrum sources in

To obtain low-radio-frequency (843-MHz) data within the ATLAS ELAIS-S1 region (Middelberg et al. 2008, AJ, 135, 1276, the tables from which are available as the ATLASESID and ATLASESCPT tables in the HEASARC database), the authors used the Molonglo Observatory Synthesis Telescope (MOST). They have made 31 separate 12-h observations taken with MOST, which were combined into a single image with a spatial resolution of 62 arcsec x 43 arcsec.


MOSTSNRCAT Catalog

A catalog of supernova remnants (SNR) in the southern Galaxy within the Galactic Plane area 245 degrees <= galactic longitude l_II <= 355 degrees, galactic latitude |b_II| <~ 1.5 degrees has been produced from observations made in a series of 650 overlapping fields at 0.843 GHz (35.6 cm) with a spatial resolution of 43" using the Molonglo Observatory Synthesis Telescope (MOST). This table contains information on 57 known SNR (listed in Table MSC.A of the reference paper), 18 SNR newly discovered in this survey (Table MSC.B), 16 possible SNR (Table MSC.C), and 2 reclassified SNR (discussed in Section 3.3 of the reference paper), for a total of 93 SNR.

MRC Catalog

This catalog is a version of the 1990 issue of the "Molonglo Reference Catalog of Radio Sources" (MRC). The MRC is one of the largest homogeneous catalogs of radio sources, containing 12,141 discrete sources with flux densities greater than 0.7 Jy in the declination range +18.5 degrees to -85 degrees (1950 coordinates) and excluding regions within 3 degrees of the Galactic equator.

MWA32THGL Catalog

The Murchison Widefield Array (MWA) is a new low-frequency, wide-field-of-view radio interferometer under development at the Murchison Radio-astronomy Observatory in Western Australia. The authors have used a 32 element MWA prototype interferometer (MWA-32T) to observe two 50 degree diameter fields in the southern sky, covering a total of ~ 2700 deg2, in order to evaluate the performance of the MWA-32T, to develop techniques for epoch of reionization experiments, and to make measurements of astronomical foregrounds. They developed a calibration and imaging pipeline for the MWA-32T, and used it to produce ~15 arcminutes angular resolution maps of the two fields in the 110-200 MHz band. The authors perform a blind source extraction using these confusion-limited images, and detect 655 sources at high significance with an additional 871 lower significance source candidates. They compare these sources with existing low-frequency radio surveys in their paper in order to assess the MWA-32T system performance, wide-field analysis algorithms, and catalog quality. Their source catalog is found to agree well with existing low-frequency surveys in these regions of the sky and with statistical distributions of point sources derived from Northern Hemisphere surveys; it represents one of the deepest surveys to date of this sky field in the 110-200 MHz band.

Observations were conducted with the MWA-32T in 2010 March during a two-week campaign (X13). Data were taken in three 30.72 MHz sub-bands centered at 123.52 MHz, 154.24 MHz, and 184.96 MHz in order to give (nearly) continuous frequency coverage between ~ 110 MHz and ~ 200 MHz. The observing time was divided between two fields. One field was centered on the bright extragalactic source Hydra A at RA (J2000) = 9h 18m 6s, Dec (J2000) = -12^o 5' 45" to facilitate calibration. The other covered the Epoch of Reionization (EoR) field 2, centered at RA (J2000) = 10h 20m 0s, Dec (J2000) = -10o 0' 0". The EoR2 field is one of two fields at high Galactic latitude that have been identified by the MWA Collaboration as targets for future EoR experiments. Although the centers of the Hydra A and EoR2 fields are separated by 15.3 degrees, there is considerable overlap between them since the half-power beam width of the primary beam is ~ 25 degrees at 150 MHz. Table 1 in the reference paper gives a journal of the observations.

This table contains 648 radio sources which were detected in the full-band average map at or above a signal-to-noise ratio of 5.


MWACS Catalog

The Murchison Widefield Array Commissioning Survey (MWACS) is a ~6100 deg2 104 - 196 MHz radio sky survey performed with the Murchison Widefield Array during instrument commissioning between 2012 September and 2012 December. The data were taken as meridian drift scans with two different 32-antenna sub-arrays that were available during the commissioning period. The data were combined in the visibility plane before being imaged, and then mosaicked. The survey covers approximately 20.5h < RA < 8.5h, -58o < Dec < -14o over three frequency bands centred on 119, 150 and 180 MHz. The survey has 3-arcminute angular resolution and a typical noise level of 40 mJy/beam, with reduced sensitivity near the field boundaries and bright sources. The catalog consists of flux density and spectral index measurements for 14,110 sources, extracted from the mosaics, 1,247 of which are sub-components of complexes of sources.

MWAK2F1LFC Catalog

This table contains some of the results from the first dedicated radio continuum survey of a Kepler K2 mission field, Field 1, covering the North Galactic Cap. The survey was wide-field, contemporaneous, multi-epoch, and multi-resolution in nature and was conducted at low radio frequencies between 140 and 200 MHz. The multi-epoch and ultra-wide-field (but relatively low-resolution) part of the survey was provided by 15 nights of observation using the Murchison Widefield Array (MWA) over a period of approximately a month, contemporaneous with K2 observations of this field. The multi-resolution aspect of the survey was provided by the low-resolution (4 arcminutes) MWA imaging, complemented by non-contemporaneous but much higher resolution (20 arcseconds) observations using the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT). The survey is, therefore, sensitive to the details of radio structures across a wide range of angular scales. Consistent with other recent low radio frequency surveys, no significant radio transients or variables were detected in the survey. The resulting source catalogs consist of 1,085 and 1,468 detections in the two MWA observation bands (centered at 154 and 185 MHz, respectively) and 7445 detections in the GMRT observation band (centered at 148 MHz), over 314 square degrees. The survey is presented as a significant resource for multi-wavelength investigations of the more than 21,000 target objects in the K2 field. In the reference paper, the authors briefly examined their survey data against K2 target lists for dwarf star types (stellar types M and L) that had been known to produce radio flares.

This survey included contemporaneous observations of the K2 Field 1 made with the MWA and historical (from 2010-2012) observations made with the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research (TIFR) GMRT Sky Survey (TGSS; see http://tgss.ncra.tifr.res.in/), via the TGSS Alternative Data Release 1 (ADR1; Intema et al. 2016, in prep.). The MWA and GMRT are radio telescopes operating at low radio frequencies (approximately 140-200 MHz for the work described here). The K2 mission Campaign 1 was conducted on Field 1 (center at J2000.0 coordinates RA of 11:35:45.51 and Dec of +01:25:02.28;), covering the North Galactic Cap, between 2014 May 30 and August 21.

The details of the MWA observations are described in Table 1 of the reference paper (available at ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/pub/cats/J/AJ/152/82/table1.dat), showing the 15 observations conducted over a period of approximately one month in 2014 June and July. All observations were made in a standard MWA imaging mode with a 30.72-MHz bandwidth consisting of 24 contiguous 1.28-MHz "coarse channels", each divided into 32 "fine channels" each of 40-kHz bandwidth (a total of 768 fine channels across 30.72 MHz). The temporal resolution of the MWA correlator output was set to 0.5s. All observations were made in full polarimetric mode, with all Stokes parameters formed from the orthogonal linearly polarized feeds. Observations were made at two center frequencies, 154.88 and 185.60 MHz, with two 296-s observations of the K2 field at each frequency on each night of observation, accompanied by observations of one of three calibrators (Centaurus A, Virgo A, or Hydra A) at each frequency, with 112-s observations. The observed fields were tracked, and thus, due to the fixed delay settings available to point the MWA primary beam, the tracked RA and Dec changes slightly between different observations (always a very small change compared to the MWA field of view). The total volume of MWA visibility data processed was approximately 2.2 TB. The synthesized beam at 154 MHz is approximately 4.6 x 4.2 arcminutes at a position angle of 105 degrees, and approximately 4 x 3 arcminutes at a position angle of 109 degrees at 185 MHz. The 154 MHz images have a typical noise of 100 mJy/beam, while the 184 MHz images have a typical noise of 70 mJy/beam.

A source catalog was produced from each of the two frequencies of MWA data and given in Table 2 of the reference paper. The final set of MWA images after source finding yielded a total of 1,085 radio sources at 154 MHz, and 1,471 sources at 185 MHz over 314 square degrees, at an angular resolutions of ~4 arcminutes: this MWA catalog is contained in this HEASARC table, which thus has 1,085 + 1,471 = 2,556 entries. The GMRT images, after source finding, yielded a total of 7,445 radio sources over the same field, at an angular resolution of ~0.3 arcminutes: the GMRT catalog is contained in a separate HEASARC table GMRTK2F1LF which is available at http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/W3Browse/radio-catalog/gmrtk2f1lf.html. Thus, the overall survey covers multiple epochs of observation, spans approximately 140-200 MHz, is sensitive to structures on angular scales from arcseconds to degrees, and is contemporaneous with the K2 observations of the field over a period of approximately one month.


MWMC Catalog

This study presents a catalog of 8107 molecular clouds that covers the entire Galactic plane and includes 98% of the 12CO emission observed within b +/- 5 deg. The catalog was produced using a hierarchical cluster identification method applied to the result of a Gaussian decomposition of the Dame+ (2001ApJ...547..792D) data. The total H2 mass in the catalog is 1.2 x 109 Msun, in agreement with previous estimates. The authors find that 30% of the sight lines intersect only a single cloud, with another 25% intersecting only two clouds. The most probable cloud size is R~30pc. In contrast with the general idea, the authors find a rather large range of values of surface densities, Sigma = 2 to 300 Msun/pc2, and a systematic decrease with increasing Galactic radius, Rgal. The cloud velocity dispersion and the normalization sigma0 = sigmav / R1/2 both decrease systematically with Rgal. When studied over the whole Galactic disk, there is a large dispersion in the line width-size relation and a significantly better correlation between sigmav and SigmaR. The normalization of this correlation is constant to better than a factor of two for Rgal < 20kpc. This relation is used to disentangle the ambiguity between near and far kinematic distances. The authors report a strong variation of the turbulent energy injection rate. In the outer Galaxy it may be maintained by accretion through the disk and/or onto the clouds, but neither source can drive the 100 times higher cloud-averaged injection rate in the inner Galaxy.

The data set used in this catalog come from that of Dame+ (2001ApJ...547..792D). Those authors combined observations obtained over a period of 20 yr with two telescopes, one in the north (first located in New York City and then moved to Cambridge, Massachusetts) and one in the south (Cerro Tololo, Chile). These 1.2m telescopes have an angular resolution of ~8.5' at 115GHz, the frequency of the 12CO 1-0 line. For the current study the authors used the data set covering the whole Galactic plane with +/- 5 deg in Galactic latitude.


NCP21CMA Catalog

This table contains the catalog of 624 radio sources detected around the North Celestial Pole (NCP) with the 21 Centimeter Array (21CMA), a radio interferometer dedicated to the statistical measurement of the epoch of reionization (EoR). The data are taken from a 12-hr observation made on 2013 April 13, with a frequency coverage from 75 to 175 MHz and an angular resolution of ~4 arcminutes. The catalog includes flux densities at eight sub-bands across the 21CMA bandwidth and provides the in-band spectral indices for the detected sources. To reduce the complexity of interferometric imaging from the so-called "w" term and ionospheric effects, the present analysis is restricted to the east-west baselines within 1500 m only. 624 radio sources are found within 5 degrees around the NCP down to ~0.1 Jy (100 mJy). These source counts are compared, and also exhibit a good agreement, with deep low-frequency observations made recently with the GMRT and MWA. In particular, for fainter radio sources below ~1 Jy, the authors find a flattening trend of source counts toward lower frequencies. While the thermal noise (~0.4 mJy) is well controlled to below the confusion limit, the dynamical range (~104) and sensitivity of current 21CMA imaging are largely limited by calibration and deconvolution errors, especially the grating lobes of very bright sources, such as 3C061.1, in the NCP field, which result from the regular spacings of the 21CMA. The authors note that particular attention should be paid to the extended sources, and their modeling and removal may constitute a large technical challenge for current EoR experiments. Their analysis may serve as a useful guide to the design of next generation low-frequency interferometers like the Square Kilometre Array (SKA).

The 21CMA is a ground-based radio interferometer dedicated to the detection of the EoR. The array, sited in the Ulastai valley of western China, consists of 81 pods or stations, and a total of 10,287 log-periodic antennas are deployed in two perpendicular arms along the east-west (6.1 km) (see Figure 1 in the reference paper) and north-south (4 km) directions, respectively. The spacing of these 81 pods is chosen such that a sufficiently large number of redundant baselines and a good uniform UV coverage can both be guaranteed. Each antenna element has 16 pairs of dipoles with lengths varying from 0.242 to 0.829 m, optimized to cover a frequency range of 50-200 MHz, which gives rise to an angular resolution of 3 arcminutes at 200 MHz. All of the antennas are fixed on the ground and point at the NCP for the sake of simplicity and economy.

In the current work, the radio point sources observed with the 40 pods of the 21 Centimeter Array (21CMA) E-W baselines in an integration of 12 hours made on 2013 April 13 centered on the North Celestial Pole (NCP) are presented. An extra deep sample with a higher sensitivity from a longer integration time of up to years will be published later. The authors have detected a total of 624 radio sources over the central field within 3 degrees in a frequency range of 75-175 MHz band and in the outer annulus from 3-5 degrees in the 75-125 MHz band. By performing a Monte-Carlo simulation, the authors estimate a completeness of 50% at a flux density of ~0.2 Jy.


NORTH20CM Catalog

The 1.4-GHz Northern Sky Catalog - Version: 4 December 1991

This is the 20-cm Northern Sky Catalog of White, R. L. and Becker, R. H. (1992, Ap.J.Supp., in press) containing 30,239 sources detected from the Condon Greenbank images taken at 1.4 GHz over the declination range of -5 degrees to 82 degrees with a flux density limit of 100 mJy. This 20 cm catalog also contains the results of a cross-correlation with catalogs at 6 and 80 cm covering the northern sky between Dec=0 degrees and 70 degrees to give the spectral indices at three frequencies for about 20,000 sources.


NORTH6CM Catalog

The NORTH6CM database is a catalog of 53,522 4.85-GHz sources generated by Becker, R. H., White, R. L., Edwards, A. L. 1991, ApJS 75, 1. It covers between 0 degrees and 75 degrees declination using observations taken with the NRAO Greenbank 300-ft telescope by Condon, Broderick and Seielstad (1989). The flux limit of the catalog is dependent on declination and ranges from approximately 40 mJy at 0 degrees to 20 mJy at 60 degrees. The source positions given in the catalog have a 95% confidence radius of approximately 50 arcsec. Spectral indices have been calculated for 29,051 sources which have counterparts in the Texas 365-MHz Northern Sky Survey.

NVSS Catalog

This table contains the National Radio Astronomy Observatory (NRAO) Very Large Array (VLA) Sky Survey, the so-called NVSS Catalog. The NVSS Catalog covers the sky north of the J2000.0 Declination of -40 degrees (82% of the celestial sphere) at 1.4 GHz. The principal data products of the NVSS were (1) a set of 2326 4 degree by 4 degree continuum "cubes" with three planes containing Stokes I, Q, and U images, plus (2) a catalog of almost 2 million discrete sources stronger than a flux density S of about 2.5 mJy. The images all have 45 arcsecond FWHM angular resolution and nearly uniform sensitivity. Their rms brightness fluctuations are approximately 0.45 mJy/beam = 0.14 K (Stokes I) and approximately 0.29 mJy/beam = 0.09 K (Stokes Q and U). The rms uncertainties in right ascension and declination vary from <= ~1 arcsecond for the 400,000 sources stronger than 15 mJy to 7 arcseconds at the survey limit. The NVSS was made as a service to the astronomical community. All data products, user software, and updates were released via the World-Wide Web as soon as they were produced and verified. For more complete information on the NVSS, please refer to the NVSS website at http://www.cv.nrao.edu/nvss/

OSQSONVSS Catalog

The authors used the 1.4-GHz NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) to study radio sources in two color-selected QSO samples: a volume-limited sample of 1,313 QSOs defined by Mi < -23 in the redshift range 0.2 < z < 0.45 and a magnitude-limited sample of 2,471 QSOs with mr <= 18.5 and 1.8 < z < 2.5. About 10% were detected above the 2.4-mJy NVSS catalog limit and are powered primarily by active galactic nuclei (AGNs). The space density, rho, of the low-redshift QSOs evolves as rho ~ (1 + z)6. In both redshift ranges, the flux-density distributions and luminosity functions of QSOs stronger than 2.4 mJy are power laws, with no features to suggest more than one kind of radio source. Extrapolating the power laws to lower luminosities predicts the remaining QSOs should be extremely radio quiet, but they are not. Most were detected statistically on the NVSS images with median peak flux densities Sp of ~ 0.3 mJy/beam and ~ 0.05 mJy/beam in the low- and high-redshift samples, corresponding to spectral luminosities log L1.4GHz ~ 22.7 and ~ 24.1 W/Hz, respectively. The authors suggest that the faint radio sources are powered by star formation at rates dM/dt of ~ 20 M_{sun}_/yr in the moderate luminosity (median Mi of ~ -23.4) low-redshift QSOs and dM/dt ~ 500Msun/yr in the very luminous (median Mi ~ -27.5) high-redshift QSOs. Such luminous starbursts (<log(LIR/Lsun)> ~ 11.2 and ~ 12.6, respectively) are consistent with "quasar mode" accretion in which cold gas flows fuel both AGN and starburst.

The SDSS DR7 QSO catalog (Schneider et al. 2010, AJ, 139, 2360) is complete to i = 19.1 mag over a solid angle of 2.66 sr around the North Galactic Pole. It contains the small sample of 179 color-selected QSOs defined by Mi < -23 in the narrow redshift range 0.2 < z < 0.3 studied by Kimball et al. (2011, ApJ, 739, L29) and the larger sample of 1,313 QSOs in the wider redshift range 0.2 < z < 0.45 discussed here. Note that these magnitudes were calculated for an H0= 71 km/s/Mpc and OmegaM = 0.27 modern flat LambdaCDM cosmology. The entire SDSS DR7 area is covered by the NVSS, whose source catalog is complete for statistical purposes above a peak flux density Sp ~ 2.4 mJy/beam at 1.4 GHz. In the redshift range 0.2 < z < 0.45 the 45" FWHM (full width between half-maximum points) beam of the NVSS spans 150 - 250 kpc. There are 163 (12%) NVSS detections of the 1,313 QSOs in the redshift range 0.2 < z < 0.45 which are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper.

The authors also chose a magnitude-limited sample of all 2,471 color-selected DR7 QSOs brighter than mr = 18.5 in the redshift range 1.8 < z < 2.5. The NVSS detected radio emission stronger than S = 2.4 mJy from only 191 (8%) of them: these are listed in Table 3 of the reference paper.

This HEASARC table contains the contents of both samples described above. It thus has 163 + 191 = 354 entries, the sum of Tables 1 and 3 from the reference paper. To select only the entries from Table 1, the user should select entries with redshifts from 0.2 to 0.45. To select only the entries from Table 3, the user should select entries with redshifts > 1.8.


OVRO31GHZ Catalog

The 100m Robert C. Byrd Green Bank Telescope (GBT) and the 40m Owens Valley Radio Observatory (OVRO) telescope have been used to conduct a 31-GHz survey of 3165 known extragalactic radio sources over 143 deg2 of the sky. Target sources were selected from the NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) in fields observed by the Cosmic Background Imager (CBI); most are extragalactic active galactic nuclei (AGNs) with 1.4-GHz flux densities of 3-10 mJy. Using a maximum-likelihood analysis to obtain an unbiased estimate of the distribution of the 1.4 - 31 GHz spectral indices of these sources, the authors find a mean 31 - 1.4 GHz flux ratio of 0.110 +/- 0.003 corresponding to a spectral index alpha = -0.71+/-0.01 (Snu ~ nualpha); 9.0% +/- 0.8% of the sources have alpha > -0.5 and 1.2% +/- 0.2% have alpha > 0. By combining this spectral-index distribution with 1.4GHz source counts, the authors predict 31-GHz source counts in the range 1 mJy <S31 < 4 mJy, N(>S31) = (16.7+/-1.7)deg-2(S31/1mJy)(-0.80+/-0.07).

In this study, the authors present a detailed characterization of the impact of the discrete source foreground on arcminute-scale 31-GHz anisotropy measurements based upon two observational campaigns. The first campaign (the results of which are given in this table) was carried out with the OVRO 40m telescope at 31 GHz from 2000 September through 2002 December. The second campaign (the results of which are given in the GBT31GHZ table) used the GBT from 2006 February to May. A companion paper (Sievers et al. 2009arXiv0901.4540S) presents the five-year CBI total intensity power spectrum incorporating the results of the point-source measurements discussed here.

Reported error bars include a 10% and 5% rms gain uncertainty for GBT and OVRO measurements, respectively. Sources detected at greater than 4 sigma at 31 GHz are flagged (detection_flag = 'Y'); for this calculation, the random gain uncertainty was excluded. In all 3165 sources were observed. The GBT catalog (the HEASARC GBT31GHZ table) contains 1490 sources. Of the 2315 useful OVRO observations many of the non-detections (and a few detections) were superceded by more sensitive GBT observations; the OVRO catalog contained in the present table therefore contains data on 1675 sources. The detection rate of the OVRO measurements was 11%, and that of the GBT measurements 25%. In all, 18% of the sources were detected at 31 GHz.


PACOBSCAT Catalog

The Planck Australia Telescope Compact Array (Planck-ATCA) Co-eval Observations (PACO) have provided flux density measurements of well-defined samples of Australia Telescope 20-GHz (AT20G) radio sources at frequencies below and overlapping with Planck frequency bands, almost simultaneously with Planck observations. The authors have observed with the ATCA a total of 482 sources in the frequency range between 4.5 and 40 GHz in the period between 2009 July and 2010 August. Several sources were observed more than once. In their paper, the authors present the aims of the project, the selection criteria, and the observation and data reduction procedures. They also discuss the data in total intensity for a complete sample of 189 sources with 20-GHz flux densities > 500 mJy, Galactic latitude |b| > 5 degrees and Declination < -30 degrees, and some statistical analysis of the spectral behavior and variability of this sample, referred to as the 'bright PACO sample'. Finally, the authors discuss how these data could be used to transfer absolute calibrations to ground-based telescopes using the cosmic microwave background dipole calibrated flux densities measured by the Planck satellite, and they provide some test fluxes on bright calibrators.

This table contains the catalog of 1004 observations of 180 of the 189 sources that comprise the 'bright PACO sample'. Thus, each row in this table corresponds to a specific observation of a source, and there can be several rows for any source, corresponding to different observations. The ATCA observations were made in 6 2-GHz wide observing bands: 4732 - 6780 MHz, 8232 - 10280 MHz, 17232 - 19280 MHz, 23232 - 25280 MHz, 32232 - 34280 MHz and 38232 - 40280 MHz. In order to properly define the detailed source spectral behavior, the authors have split each 2-GHz band into 4 x 512 MHz sub-bands, and calibrated each sub-band independently. Thus, for each observation, the flux density at 24 frequencies is given. The frequency identifier in the flux density appears (at least to this HEASARC scientist) to be the lower frequency of the sub-band rather than its central frequency.

In order to provide the easiest way to extrapolate the observed counts or model predictions from one frequency to another, the authors have modeled the observed source spectra. As their observations covered a wide frequency range from 4.5 to 40 GHz over which a single power law is not enough to describe the spectral behavior of the sources, they studied the spectra of the 174 point-like sources in this sample by fitting the observed data with a double power law of the form Snu = S0/[(nu/nu0)-a + (nu/nu0)-b], where nu is the frequency, Snu is the flux density in Jy, and S0, nu0, a and b are free parameters. The authors considered only those sources for which they had at least four data points for each of the 2 x 2 GHz bands considered. Full details of the fitting procedure are given in Section 3.1 of the reference paper.


PACOFSCAT Catalog

The Planck-ATCA Co-eval Observations (PACO) project collected data between 4.5 and 40 GHz for 482 sources selected within the Australia Telescope 20-GHz (AT20G) catalog and observed with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). Observations were done almost simultaneously with the Planck satellite, in the period between 2009 July and 2010 August. In this paper, the authors present and discuss the data for the complete sample of 159 sources with AT20G flux densities > 200 mJy in the South Ecliptic Pole (SEP) region. The Planck Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC) contains 57 of their sources. A comparison between the PACO catalog and the ERCSC confirms that the reliability of the latter is better than 95%. The missing ERCSC sources are typically associated with the Large Magellanic Cloud, the Milky Way or are otherwise extended. The spectral analysis of the PACO faint catalog shows a spectral steepening of the sources at high frequencies, confirming the results obtained from the PACO bright sample (the HEASARC PACOBSCAT table). A comparison with AT20G measurements, carried out, on average, a few years earlier, has demonstrated that, on these time-scales, these sources show a rather high variability with an rms amplitude of approximately 40% at 20 GHz. The source spectral properties are found not to vary substantially with flux density, except for an increase in the fraction of steep spectrum sources at fainter flux densities. These data also allow the authors to extend by a factor of ~ 5 downwards in flux density the source counts at ~ 33 and ~ 40 GHz obtained from the ERCSC. This allows the authors to substantially improve their control on the contribution of unresolved extragalactic sources to the power spectrum of small-scale fluctuations in cosmic microwave background (CMB) maps.

The PACO faint sample, presented in this paper, is made up of 159 sources with 20-GHz flux densities >= 200 mJy in the SEP region (ecliptic latitude < -75 degrees) and with 3h < RA < 9h, Dec. < -30 degrees. Near the Ecliptic Poles, Planck's scan circles intersect. Therefore, the area is covered many times, and Planck's sensitivity is maximal in these regions. A full description of the PACO project and of its main goals is given in Massardi et al. (2011, MNRAS, 415, 1597). The aims specific to the PACO faint sample are as follows: (i) Extend to fainter flux densities the characterization of radio source spectra from 4.5 GHz to the Planck frequency range; (ii) Extend the determination of source counts at ~ 33 and ~ 40 GHz obtained from the analysis of the ERCSC downwards in flux density by a factor of ~ 5. Going down in flux density is important to control the contamination of CMB maps by faint radio sources.

This table contains the catalog of 674 observations of 152 of the 159 sources that comprise the 'faint PACO sample'. Thus, each row in this table corresponds to a specific observation of a source, and there can be several rows for any source, corresponding to different observations. The ATCA observations were made in 6 2-GHz wide observing bands: 4732 - 6780 MHz, 8232 - 10280 MHz, 17232 - 19280 MHz, 23232 - 25280 MHz, 32232 - 34280 MHz and 38232 - 40280 MHz. In order to properly define the detailed source spectral behavior, the authors have split each 2-GHz band into 4 x 512 MHz sub-bands, and calibrated each sub-band independently. Thus, for each observation, the flux density at 24 frequencies is given. The frequency identifier in the flux density appears (at least to this HEASARC scientist) to be the lower frequency of the sub-band rather than its central frequency.

In order to provide the easiest way to extrapolate the observed counts or model predictions from one frequency to another, the authors have modeled the observed source spectra. As their observations covered a wide frequency range from 4.5 to 40 GHz over which a single power law is not enough to describe the spectral behavior of the sources, they studied the spectra of the 174 point-like sources in this sample by fitting the observed data with a double power law of the form Snu = S0/[(nu/nu0)-a + (nu/nu0)-b], where nu is the frequency, Snu is the flux density in Jy, and S0, nu0, a and b are free parameters. The authors considered only those sources for which they had at least four data points for each of the 2 x 2 GHz bands considered. When observations at more than one epoch were available, the authors chose the one with the greatest number of data points. Full details of the fitting procedure are given in Section 3.1 of Massardi et al. (2011, MNRAS, 415, 1597) and Section 4 of the reference paper.


PCCS030GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 30 GHz. Where the HEASARC parameter names differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PCCS044GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 44 GHz. Where the HEASARC parameter names differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PCCS070GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 70 GHz. Where the HEASARC parameter names differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PCCS100GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS2 subsample of the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 100 GHz. One of the primary differences of this release of the PCCS from previous releases is the division of the six highest frequency catalogs into two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 and the PCCS2E. This division separates sources for which the reliability (the fraction of sources above a given S/N which are real) can be quantified (PCCS2) from those of unknown reliability (PCCS2E). This separation is primarily based on the Galactic coordinates of the source, as described in Section 2.3 of the reference paper. The PCCS2E subcatalog for this frequency is not included in this HEASARC table but is available at the CDS as the file http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J/A+A/594/A26/pccs100e.dat.gz.

Where the HEASARC parameter names in this table differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PCCS143GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS2 subsample of the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 143 GHz. One of the primary differences of this release of the PCCS from previous releases is the division of the six highest frequency catalogs into two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 and the PCCS2E. This division separates sources for which the reliability (the fraction of sources above a given S/N which are real) can be quantified (PCCS2) from those of unknown reliability (PCCS2E). This separation is primarily based on the Galactic coordinates of the source, as described in Section 2.3 of the reference paper. The PCCS2E subcatalog for this frequency is not included in this HEASARC table but is available at the CDS as the file http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J/A+A/594/A26/pccs143e.dat.gz.

Where the HEASARC parameter names in this table differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PCCS217GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS2 subsample of the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 217 GHz. One of the primary differences of this release of the PCCS from previous releases is the division of the six highest frequency catalogs into two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 and the PCCS2E. This division separates sources for which the reliability (the fraction of sources above a given S/N which are real) can be quantified (PCCS2) from those of unknown reliability (PCCS2E). This separation is primarily based on the Galactic coordinates of the source, as described in Section 2.3 of the reference paper. The PCCS2E subcatalog for this frequency is not included in this HEASARC table but is available at the CDS as the file http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J/A+A/594/A26/pccs217e.dat.gz.

Where the HEASARC parameter names in this table differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PCCS353GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS2 subsample of the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 353 GHz. One of the primary differences of this release of the PCCS from previous releases is the division of the six highest frequency catalogs into two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 and the PCCS2E. This division separates sources for which the reliability (the fraction of sources above a given S/N which are real) can be quantified (PCCS2) from those of unknown reliability (PCCS2E). This separation is primarily based on the Galactic coordinates of the source, as described in Section 2.3 of the reference paper. The PCCS2E subcatalog for this frequency is not included in this HEASARC table but is available at the CDS as the file http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J/A+A/594/A26/pccs353e.dat.gz.

Where the HEASARC parameter names in this table differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PCCS545GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 545 GHz. Where the HEASARC parameter names differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PCCS857GHZ Catalog

Planck was a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It was the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 12 August 2009. Planck then continuously measured the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 micron) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33 to 5 arcminutes, respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provided temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operated between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) used pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but did not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest Planck frequencies overlapped with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extended far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck provided an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Second Planck Catalogue of Compact Sources is a list of discrete objects detected in single-frequency maps from the full duration of the Planck mission and supersedes previous versions. It consists of compact sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, detected over the entire sky. Compact sources detected in the lower frequency channels are assigned to the PCCS2, while at higher frequencies they are assigned to one of two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 or PCCS2E, depending on their location on the sky. The first of these (PCCS2) covers most of the sky and allows the user to produce subsamples at higher reliabilities than the target 80% integral reliability of the catalog. The second (PCCS2E) contains sources detected in sky regions where the diffuse emission makes it difficult to quantify the reliability of the detections. Both the PCCS2 and PCCS2E include polarization measurements, in the form of polarized flux densities, or upper limits, and orientation angles for all seven polarization-sensitive Planck channels. The improved data-processing of the full-mission maps and their reduced noise levels allow the authors to increase the number of objects in the catalog, improving its completeness for the target 80% reliability as compared with the previous versions, the PCCS and the Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC).

The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) Data Processing Center (DPC) produced the 30, 44, and 70 GHz maps after the completion of eight full surveys (spanning the period from 12 August 2009 to 3 August 2013). In addition, special LFI maps covering the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 were produced in order to compare the Planck flux-density scales with those of the Very Large Array and the Australia Telescope Compact Array, by performing simultaneous observations of a sample of sources over that period. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) DPC produced the 100-, 143-, 217-, 353-, 545-, and 857-GHz maps after five full surveys (from 2009 August 12 to 2012 January 11).

As in the PCCS, the PCCS2 provides four different measures of the flux density for each source. They are determined by the source detection algorithm (DETFLUX), aperture photometry (APERFLUX), point spread function fitting (PSFFLUX), and Gaussian fitting (GAUFLUX). Only the first is obtained from the filtered maps; the other measures are estimated from the full-sky maps at the positions of the sources. The source detection algorithm photometry, the aperture photometry, and the point spread function (PSF) fitting use the Planck band-average effective beams, calculated with FEBeCoP (Fast Effective Beam Convolution in Pixel space). Note that only the PSF fitting algorithm takes into account the variation of the PSF with position on the sky. The PCCS2 has been produced from the Planck full-mission maps (eight sky surveys in the LFI and five sky surveys in the HFI), and therefore supersedes the previous catalogs (for the PCCS only 1.5 surveys were analyzed). It also includes the latest calibration and beam information, and the authors have improved some of the algorithms used to measure the photometry of the sources.

This table contains the PCCS2 subsample of the PCCS Public Release 2 table of sources detected at 857 GHz. One of the primary differences of this release of the PCCS from previous releases is the division of the six highest frequency catalogs into two subcatalogs, the PCCS2 and the PCCS2E. This division separates sources for which the reliability (the fraction of sources above a given S/N which are real) can be quantified (PCCS2) from those of unknown reliability (PCCS2E). This separation is primarily based on the Galactic coordinates of the source, as described in Section 2.3 of the reference paper. The PCCS2E subcatalog for this frequency is not included in this HEASARC table but is available at the CDS as the file http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J/A+A/594/A26/pccs857e.dat.gz.

Where the HEASARC parameter names in this table differ from those used in the original table, the original names are listed parenthetically in upper case at the end of the parameter description.


PDS1P4GHZ Catalog

The initial Phoenix Deep Survey (PDS) observations with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) have been supplemented by additional 1.4 GHz observations over the past few years. Here we present details of the construction of a new mosaic image covering an area of 4.56 deg2 referred to as the Phoenix Deep field (PDF), an investigation of the reliability of the source measurements, and the 1.4 GHz source counts for the compiled radio catalog. The mosaic achieves a 1-sigma rms noise of 12 µJy at its most sensitive, and a homogeneous radio-selected catalog of over 2000 sources reaching flux densities as faint as 60 µJy has been compiled. The source parameter measurements are found to be consistent with the expected uncertainties from the image noise levels and the Gaussian source fitting procedure. A radio-selected sample avoids the complications of obscuration associated with optically selected samples, and by utilizing complementary PDS observations, including multicolor optical, near-infrared, and spectroscopic data, this radio catalog will be used in a detailed investigation of the evolution in star formation spanning the redshift range 0 < z < 1. The homogeneity of the catalog ensures a consistent picture of galaxy evolution can be developed over the full cosmologically significant redshift range of interest.

The PDF covers a high-latitude region that is of low optical obscuration and devoid of bright radio sources. ATCA 1.4 GHz observations were made in 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000, and 2001 in the 6A, 6B, and 6C array configurations, accumulating a total of 523 hr of observing time. The initial 1994 ATCA observations (Hopkins et al. 1998, MNRAS, 296, 839; Hopkins 1998, PhD thesis) consisted of 30 pointings on a hexagonal tessellation, resulting in a 2 degrees diameter field centered on R.A. = 01h 14m 12.16s, Dec = -45o 44' 8.0" (J2000.0), with roughly uniform sensitivity of about 60 µJy rms. This survey was supplemented from 1997 to 2001 by extensive observations of a further 19 pointings situated on a more finely spaced hexagonal grid, centered on R.A. = 01h 11m 13.0s, Dec = -45o 45' 00" (J2000.0). The locations of all pointing centers are given in Table 1 of the reference paper. The final mosaic constructed from all 49 pointings was trimmed to remove the highest noise regions at the edges by masking out regions with an rms noise level greater than 0.25 mJy. The trimmed PDF mosaic image covers an area of 4.56 deg2 and reaches to a measured level of 12 µJy rms noise in the most sensitive regions.

The table contained here is the final merged catalog of PDS surveys based on the union of the 10% false discovery rate (FDR) threshold catalog (PDS_atca_fdr10_full_vis.cat) for the trimmed mosaic, visually edited to remove objects clearly associated with artifacts close to bright sources, containing 2058 sources, and the 10% FDR threshold catalog (PDS_atca_fdr10_deep.cat) for the 33' x 33' region centered on the most sensitive portion of the mosaic, containing 491 sources. The merged catalog was constructed to contain all unique catalogued sources; where common sources were identified, only the entry from PDS_atca_fdr10_deep.cat was retained. There are a total of 2148 sources in the final merged catalog, of which up to 10% may be false.


PDSOID Catalog

Using a deep Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) radio survey covering an area of ~3 deg2 to a 4-sigma sensitivity of >= 100 microJy (uJy) at 1.4 GHz, the authors study the nature of faint radio galaxies. The region, 2 degrees in diameter and centered on RA and Dec (J2000.0) of 1h 14m 12.16s, -45o 44' 08.0" (Galactic latitude of -71o), is known as the Phoenix Deep Field. About 50% of the detected radio sources are identified with an optical counterpart revealed by CCD photometry to mR = 22.5 magnitudes. Near-infrared (K-band) data are also available for a selected sample of the radio sources, while spectroscopic observations have been carried out for about 40% of the optically identified sample. These provide redshifts and information on the stellar content. Emission-line ratios imply that most of the emission-line sources are star-forming galaxies, with a small contribution (~ 10%) from Seyfert 1/Seyfert 2 type objects. The authors also find a significant number of absorption-line systems, likely to be ellipticals. These dominate at high flux densities ( > 1 mJy) but are also found at sub-mJy levels. Using the Balmer decrement, they find a visual extinction AV = 1.0 for the star-forming faint radio sources. This moderate reddening is consistent with the (V - R) and (R - K) colors of the optically identified sources. For emission-line galaxies, there is a correlation between the radio power and the H-alpha luminosity, in agreement with the result of Benn et al. (1993, MNRAS, 263, 98). This suggests that the radio emission of starburst radio galaxies is a good indicator of star formation activity.

When calculating luminosities, the authors assume a cosmology with a Hubble constant H0 of 50 km s-1 Mpc-1 and a deceleration parameter q0 of 0.5.


PDSOID2 Catalog

The Phoenix Deep Survey (PDS) is a multi-wavelength galaxy survey based on deep 1.4-GHz radio imaging. The revised version of the radio source catalog was published by Hopkins et al. (2003). The primary goal of the PDS is to investigate the properties of star formation in galaxies and to trace the evolution in those properties to a redshift z = 1, covering a significant fraction of the age of the universe. By compiling a sample of star-forming galaxies based on selection at radio wavelengths, Sullivan et al. (2004, the reference paper for this present catalog) eliminate possible biases due to dust obscuration, a significant issue when selecting objects at optical and ultraviolet wavelengths. In this study, they present the catalogs and results of deep optical (UBVRI) and near-infrared (Ks) imaging of the deepest region of the existing decimetric radio imagery. The observations and data processing are summarized and the construction of the optical source catalogs described in their paper, together with the details of the identification of candidate optical counterparts to the radio catalogs. Based on their UBVRIKs imaging, photometric redshift estimates for the optical counterparts to the radio detections are explored.

Two pointings (labeled 7 and 3 in Table 1 of the reference paper) were observed in BVRi, and one (pointing 11 in ibid.) in BVi on the nights of 2001 August 13 and 14, with the WFI camera on the Anglo-Australian Telescope (AAT). The same three pointings were also observed in U with the Mosaic-II camera on the Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory (CTIO) 4-m Blanco telescope on 2002 September 3. Finally, four of the PDS fields (2, 3, 6, 7) were observed in U with the WFI on the European Southern Observatory (ESO) 2.2-m telescope on the night of 2001 August 18.

The NIR imaging data come from the Hawaii HgCdTe 1024 x 1024 pixel array SoFI camera on the 3.6-m ESO New Technology Telescope (NTT). The field of view was 4.9' x 4.9' with a pixel scale of 0.29". Nine contiguous pointings, in a 3 x 3 pattern, were observed over the deepest region of the PDS (a sub-region of pointing 7; see Fig. 1 of the reference paper), during 2000 October 10 and October 11.

Throughout this study, the authors assume an OmegaLambda = 0.7, OmegaM = 0.3, h = 0.70 (where H0 = 100 h km s-1 Mpc-1) cosmology.


PIGSSBOOFD Catalog

The Pi GHz Sky Survey (PiGSS) is a key project of the Allen Telescope Array (ATA). PiGSS is a 3.1 GHz survey of radio continuum emission in the extragalactic sky with an emphasis on synoptic observations that measure the static and time-variable properties of the sky. During the 2.5 year campaign, PiGSS will twice observe ~250,000 radio sources in the 10,000 deg2 region of the sky with b > 30 degrees to an rms sensitivity of ~1 mJy. Additionally, sub-regions of the sky will be observed multiple times to characterize variability on timescales of days to years. Presented here are the results from observations of a 10 deg2 region in the Bootes constellation overlapping the NOAO Deep Wide Field Survey field. The PiGSS image was constructed from 75 daily observations distributed over a 4 month period and has an rms flux density between 200 and 250 microJy. This represents a deeper image by a factor of 4-8 than the authors will achieve over the entire 10,000 deg2. In this table, they provide flux densities, source sizes, and spectral indices for the 425 sources detected in the image. They identify ~100 new flat-spectrum radio sources, and project that, when completed, PiGSS will identify 104 flat-spectrum sources. In their paper the authors identify one source that is a possible transient radio source. This survey provides new limits on faint radio transients and variables with characteristic durations of months.

PIGSSELCNF Catalog

This table contains results from a total of 459 repeated 3.1-GHz radio continuum observations (of which 379 were used in a search for transient sources) of the ELAIS-N1, Coma, Lockman Hole, and NOAO Deep Wide Field Survey (NDWFS) fields as part of the Allen Telescope Array (ATA) Pi GHz Sky Survey (PiGSS). The observations were taken in 2 simultaneous 100-MHz wide bands centered at 3.04 and 3.14 GHz approximately once per day between 2009 May and 2011 April. Each image covers 11.8 square degrees and has 100" FWHM resolution. Deep images for each of the four fields have rms noise between 180 and 310 microJy (uJy), and the corresponding catalogs contain ~200 sources in each field. Typically 40-50 of these sources are detected in each single-epoch image. This represents one of the shortest cadence, largest area, multi-epoch surveys undertaken at these frequencies. The authors compared the catalogs generated from the combined images to those from individual epochs, and from monthly averages, as well as to legacy surveys. They undertook a search for transients, with particular emphasis on excluding false positive sources,but find no confirmed transients, defined here as sources that can be shown to have varied by at least a factor of 10. However, the authors found one source that brightened in a single-epoch image to at least six times the upper limit from the corresponding deep image. They also found a source associated with a z = 0.6 quasar which appears to have brightened by a factor ~3 in one of their deep images, when compared to catalogs from legacy surveys. The authors place new upper limits on the number of transients brighter than 10 mJy: fewer than 0.08 transients deg-2 with characteristic timescales of months to years; fewer than 0.02 deg-2 with timescales of months; and fewer than 0.009 deg-2 with timescales of days.

In this study, the authors accepted only as real sources those that are independently detected in both frequencies in at least one epoch (with a position matching tolerance of 50", corresponding to a false match probability of <2%). Their threshold of ~ 4.2 sigma for detection in a single image corresponds to a threshold of ~ 5.9 sigma in the dual-image catalog. They generated catalogs for the deep fields, consisting only of sources detected at both frequencies, and these are contained in the present HEASARC table.

Notice that the authors previously published a list of 425 radio sources in the NDWFS field in the constellation of Bootes in an earlier paper (Bower et al 2010, ApJ, 725, 1792, available as the HEASARC database table PIGSSBOOFD). In the 2013 paper, they have performed a partial re-analysis of these data to conform with the updated analysis techniques used on the other three fields.


PKSCAT90 Catalog

PKSCAT90 is the Parkes Catalog (1990) and consists of radio and optical data for 8,264 radio sources. It covers essentially all the sky south of declination +27 degrees but largely excludes the Galactic Plane and the Magellanic Cloud regions. The latter zones have been the subject of other, specialist surveys. A few data errors in Version 1.00 have been corrected in the present edition (see below). This version of the Parkes Radio Source Catalog is entitled "PKSCAT90 Version 1.01."

The original Parkes radio catalog was compiled from major radio surveys with the Parkes radiotelescope at frequencies of 408 MHz and 2700 MHz. This work spanned a period of nearly 20 years and was undertaken largely by John Bolton and his colleagues. Since then, improved positions, optical identifications, and redshifts have been obtained for many of the sources in the catalog. Furthermore, flux densities at several frequencies have supplemented the original surveys so that the measurements now cover the frequency range 80-22,000 MHz. However, coverage at the highest frequencies is still sparse.

Important contributions to the usefulness of the catalog have been radio data from the Molonglo 408-MHz survey and the 80-MHz Culgoora measurements of Slee et al. PKSCAT90 should thus be regarded as a compendium of radio and optical data about southern radio sources. However, at the moment, it contains only sources originally found in the Parkes 2700-MHz survey (see e.g. Part 14, Bolton et al, 1979, Aust J Phys, Astrophys Suppl, No. 46 and references therein.)

The original radio survey data of the catalog and the optical identifications have been published in a series of papers in the Australian Journal of Physics (see above reference). The associated optical spectral data on which redshifts were obtained has also been published, mainly in Astrophysical Journal and Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society.

About the completeness levels of the catalog in various parts of the sky: users should note that the sky zone between -4 and +4 degrees has been the subject of a re-survey and is now complete to 0.25 Jy.

The author Alan Wright notes that "PKSCAT90 was produced at a time when relational databases were in their infancy. In the future we anticipate making the individual data sources available separately -- through such search systems as SIMBAD -- rather than in an 'omnibus' catalog like PKSCAT90. For both the Northern and Southern hemispheres, superior and deeper finding surveys now exist: the 87GB catalog in the North (Gregory and Condon et al. 1991, ApJ, 75, 1011, CDS Catalog VIII/14) and the PMN catalogs (Griffith and Wright 1993, AJ, 105, 1666, CDS Catalog VIII/38, available at the HEASARC as the PMN table) in the South."


PLANCKESZC Catalog

Planck is a European Space Agency (ESA) mission, with significant contributions from the U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA). It is the third generation of space-based cosmic microwave background experiments, after the Cosmic Background Explorer (COBE) and the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). Planck was launched on 14 May 2009 on an Ariane 5 rocket from Kourou, French Guiana. Following a cruise to the Earth-Sun L2 Lagrange point, cooling and in orbit checkout, Planck initiated the First Light Survey on 13 August 2009. Since then, Planck has been continuously measuring the intensity of the sky over a range of frequencies from 30 to 857 GHz (wavelengths of 1 cm to 350 microns) with spatial resolutions ranging from about 33' to 5' respectively. The Low Frequency Instrument (LFI) on Planck provides temperature and polarization information using radiometers which operate between 30 and 70 GHz. The High Frequency Instrument (HFI) uses pairs of polarization-sensitive bolometers at each of four frequencies between 100 and 353 GHz but does not measure polarization information in the two upper HFI bands at 545 and 857 GHz. The lowest frequencies overlap with WMAP, and the highest frequencies extend far into the submillimeter in order to improve separation between Galactic foregrounds and the cosmic microwave background (CMB). By extending to wavelengths longer than those at which the Infrared Astronomical Satellite (IRAS) operated, Planck is providing an unprecedented window into dust emission at far-infrared and submillimeter wavelengths.

The Planck Early Release Compact Source Catalogue (ERCSC) is a list of all high reliability sources, both Galactic and extragalactic, derived from the first sky coverage. The data that went into this early release comprise all observations undertaken between 13 August 2009 and 6 June 2010, corresponding to Planck operational days 91-389. Since the Planck scan strategy results in the entire sky being observed every 6 months, the data considered in this release correspond to more than the first sky coverage. The source lists have reliability goals of >90% across the entire sky and >95% at high Galactic latitude. The goals on photometric accuracy are 30% while the positional accuracy goal translates to a positional root mean square (RMS) uncertainty that is less than 1/5 of the beam full width at half maximum (FWHM).

Detailed explanations about the mission and the catalogs included here can be found in the "Explanatory supplement" (file ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/pub/cats/VIII/88/ercsc4_3.pdf ). Skymaps of the sources can be found in the ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/pub/cats/VIII/88/skymaps/ subdirectory; postage stamps of the sources in the ECC (Early Cold Cores) catalog and in the different filters are located in the ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/pub/cats/VIII/88/stamps/ subdirectory.

This present table is the Planck Early Sunyaev-Zel'dovich (ESZ) cluster sample, a list of SZ cluster candidates which are detected by their multi-frequency signature through the Planck bands. The thermal SZ effect is the result of CMB photons inverse Compton scattering off energetic electrons in the hot intra-cluster medium. The net result is a distortion in the shape of the CMB spectrum which results in a deficit of flux density below ~220 GHz and an increment in flux density at higher frequencies. By utilizing a matched multi-frequency filter (MMF), the spectral signature of this distortion can be detected and measured in the Planck all-sky maps, which enables cluster candidates to be detected. The ESZ sample generated as part of the Planck early data release is the result of a blind multi-frequency search in the all-sky maps, i.e., no prior positional information on clusters detected in any existing catalogs was fed as input to the detection algorithm. In practice, the ESZ sample is produced using one of the four MMF algorithms available within the Planck Collaboration (hereafter MMF3; see Melin et al. 2010, A&A, submitted for details of the comparison of the cluster extraction algorithms). MMF3 is an all-sky extension of the algorithm described in Melin et al. (2006, A&A, 459, 341) and is run blindly over the six HFI frequency maps. The technique first divides the all-sky maps into a set of overlapping square patches. The matched multi-frequency filter then combines optimally the six frequencies of each patch assuming the SZ frequency spectrum and using the Arnaud et al. (2010, A&A, 517, A92) pressure profile as the cluster profile. Auto- and cross- power spectra used by the MMF are directly estimated from the data. They are thus adapted to the local instrumental noise and astrophysical contamination. For each patch, the scale radius of the cluster profile is varied to maximize the signal-to-noise ratio of each detection. The algorithm thus assigns to each detected source an estimated size and an integrated flux. The detected sources extracted from individual patches are finally merged into an all-sky cluster list. Non-SZ sources captured by the MMF algorithm can contaminate the list and an additional step of validation of the detection is needed (see Section 12 of the "Explanatory supplement", available at ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/pub/cats/VIII/88/ercsc4_3.pdf for more details).


PMN Catalog

The PMN database contains data from the Parkes-MIT-NRAO (PMN) Southern, Zenith, Tropical and Equatorial surveys. These surveys were made using the Parkes 64-m radio telescope at a frequency of 4850 Hz with the NRAO multibeam receiver mounted at the prime focus (for a full description of the observations see Griffith & Wright, 1993, Paper I). These surveys had a spatial resolution (full width half-maximum: FWHM) of approximately 4.2 arcminutes and were made during 1990 June and November. The PMN surveys were divided into several zones. These zones are listed below, together with approximate flux limits and survey areas:

    Zone Name   DEC limits (degrees)  Flux limits   Area (sr)

    SOUTHERN     -87.5< dec <-37     20 to 50 mJy       2.50
    ZENITH       -37  < dec <-29           72 mJy       0.67
    TROPICAL     -29  < dec < -9.5         42 mJy       2.01
    EQUATORIAL    -9.5< dec <+10.0         40 mJy       1.90

A point source catalog was compiled directly from each of the survey zones by using an optimum filter method, as described by Griffith & Wright in detail in Paper 1. In addition, a set of images was produced for each zone in a manner very similar to that used by Condon et al. for the northern survey (CDS Catalog VIII/40): See e.g. Paper 4. These maps have an effective resolution (FWHM) of about 5 arcmin. For more details, refer to the publications listed in the References Section for the relevant zone.


PMPULSAR Catalog

The Parkes Multibeam (PM) Pulsar Survey uses the 20 cm multibeam receiver system and multibeam filter banks, digitizer and data-acquisition system to survey a region within |b| < 5 degrees in the inner Galactic plane for pulsars, many of which will be young and/or short-period. This survey is a factor of 7 times more sensitive to young and distant pulsars than that of Johnston et al. (1992, MNRAS, 255, 401) which detected 100 pulsars. The present source list contains pulsars that have been newly discovered in the course of this survey.

The PM Survey is specifically targeted for (i) obscured regions of the Galactic plane, (ii) young pulsars,and (iii) binary pulsars with massive companions. As of August 1999, analysis of about 50% of the total expected data to be collected has resulted in the confirmed detection of over 400 new pulsars (an increase of more than 50% of the known population).

Here are some of the features of the PM Survey:

Survey Area: -260 < l < 50 deg , -5 < b < 5 deg
Center Frequency: 1374 MHz
Bandwidth: 288 MHz (96 channels x 3 MHz per channel x 2 polarizations)
Sampling Rate: 0.25 ms x 1 bit per channel
Integration Time: 35 min per pointing (13 beams per pointing)
Data Storage: DLT tape (about 35 GB per tape)
Sensitivity: about 7 times better than previous 400 MHz surveys

PULSAR Catalog

This database is based on the 1995 May 3 electronic version of the Taylor et al. Pulsar Catalog and contains data on 706 pulsars, i.e., it contains 25% more entries than the version published by Taylor et al. in 1993 ApJS. The HEASARC obtained this electronic version from the Princeton University FTP site.

ROS13HRVLA Catalog

In order to determine the relationship between the faint X-ray and faint radio source populations, and hence to help understand the X-ray and radio emission mechanisms in those faint source populations, the authors have made a deep 1.4-GHz Very Large Array radio survey of the 13h 34m 37s, +37o 54' 44" (J2000) ROSAT/XMM-Newton X-ray Survey Area (McHardy et al. 1998, MNRAS, 295, 641; Loaring et al. 2005, MNRAS, 362, 1371: the catalog of XMM-Newton sources from the latter paper is available at the HEASARC as the ROS13HRXMM table). From a combined VLA data set of 10 hours of B-configuration data and 14 hours of A-configuration data, maps with 3.35-arcsec resolution and a noise limit of 7.5 microJansky (uJy) were constructed. A complete sample of 449 sources was detected within a 30-arcmin diameter region above a 4-sigma detection limit of 30 uJy, at the map center, making this one of the deepest radio surveys at this frequency. The differential source count shows a significant upturn at sub-milliJansky flux densities, similar to that seen in other deep surveys at 1.4 GHz (e.g. the Phoenix survey, Hopkins et al. 2003, AJ, 125, 465: available at the HEASARC as the PDS1P4GHZ table), but larger than that seen in the Hubble Deep Field (HDF) which may have been selected to be underdense. This upturn is well modeled by the emergence of a population of medium-redshift star-forming galaxies which dominate at faint flux densities. The brighter source counts are well modeled by active galactic nuclei.

This HEASARC table contains the catalog of 449 radio sources in a region of 30-arcmin diameter centered on the ROSAT/XMM 13-hours field which were detected at 1.4 GHz (20 cm) above a detection threshold of 4 sigma, equivalent to 30 uJy at the phase center.


RRS8C38MHZ Catalog

This table contains a revised machine-readable source list for the Rees 38-MHz (or '8C') survey with improved positions and no redundancy. The Rees 38-MHz survey covers an area of about 1 sr north of declination +60 degrees. The angular resolution is 4.5 x 4.5 cosec(Dec) arcmin2 and the limiting flux density over much of the survey area is about 1 Jy. Both of these figures were an improvement by nearly an order of magnitude on previous surveys at this frequency.

Users of these data should consult and cite the original survey paper by Rees as primary reference (1990MNRAS.244..233R) with the present publication (1995MNRAS.274..447H) as a supplementary revision. The recommended style of reference is thus: "The revised Rees 38-MHz survey (Rees 1990, catalogue revised Hales et. al 1995)."

In the Hales et al. (1995) paper, the authors aimed to improve the accuracy of the source positions to <~ 1 arcminute, so that a search radius smaller than the survey resolution of 4.5 arcminutes was practicable everywhere.

Note that for interest the source list includes data on some sources at declinations lower than +60 degrees, but that the right ascension coverage is not complete below +60 degrees.


RSSGRBAG Catalog

This table contains a catalog of radio afterglow observations of gamma-ray bursts (GRBs) over a 14 year period from 1997 to 2011. This sample of 304 afterglows consists of 2,995 flux density measurements (including upper limits) at frequencies between 0.6 GHz and 660 GHz, with the majority of data taken in the 8.5-GHz frequency band (1,539 measurements). The authors use this dataset to carry out a statistical analysis of the radio-selected sample. The detection rate of radio afterglows stayed unchanged almost at 31% before and after the launch of the Swift satellite. The canonical long-duration GRB radio light curve at 8.5 GHz peaks at three to six days in the source rest frame, with a median peak luminosity of 1031 erg/s/Hz. The peak radio luminosities for short-hard bursts, X-ray flashes, and the supernova-GRB classes are an order of magnitude or more fainter than this value. There are clear relationships between the detectability of a radio afterglow and the fluence or energy of a GRB, and the X-ray or optical brightness of the afterglow. However, the authors find few significant correlations between these same GRB and afterglow properties and the peak radio flux density. In their paper, they also produce synthetic light curves at centimeter and millimeter bands using a range of blast wave and microphysics parameters derived from multi-wavelength afterglow modeling, and use them to compare with the radio sample. Finding agreement, the authors extrapolate this behavior to predict the centimeter and millimeter behavior of GRBs which will observed by the Expanded Very Large Array and the Atacama Large Millimeter Array.

The compiled sample consists of 304 GRBs observed with radio telescopes between 1997 January and 2011 January, along with the 2011 April 28 Fermi burst, GRB 110428A. The sample consists of a total of 2,995 flux density measurements taken in the frequency range from 0.6 to 660 GHz and spanning a time range from 0.026 to 1,339 days. Most of the afterglows (270 in total) in this sample were observed as part of VLA radio afterglow programs, whereas 15 bursts were observed by the Expanded VLA (EVLA), and 19 southern bursts with the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). This catalog describes the radio, optical and X-ray afterglow detections (see Section 2.2 of the reference paper): out of the 304 bursts, 123 bursts were observed in the pre-Swift epoch from 1997 until 2004. The remaining 181 bursts were observed between 2005 and 2011 April (the post-Swift epoch).

Out of the 95 radio-detected afterglows (see Section 2.2 of the reference paper), 63 had radio lightcurves (i.e., three or more detections in a single radio band), whereas 32 bursts had less than three detections. For the GRBs for which the light curves were available, the authors determined the peak flux density and the time of the peak in the VLA frequency bands (i.e., 1.4 GHz, 4.9 GHz, 8.5 GHz, 15 GHz, and 22.5 GHz bands) by fitting the data with forward shock formula of the form (Frail 2005, IAU Coll. 192, p. 451) given in equation (1) of the reference paper. This formula may not accurately represent the full complexity of the radio lightcurve evolution. However, it is good enough to determine the approximate values for the peak flux density Fm and the time of the peak tm. See the discussion in Section 3.5 of the reference paper for more details and some caveats. For the remaining bursts, the flux density values were taken directly from the data, and hence do not have the best-fit errors for the peak flux, peak time and rest-frame peak time parameters Fm, tm and tm/(1+z), respectively.


RT9CC15GHZ Catalog

The 9C (9th Cambridge) survey of radio sources with the Ryle Telescope at 15.2 GHz was set up to survey the fields of the cosmic microwave background telescope, the Very Small Array (VSA). In their first paper (Waldram et al. 2003, MNRAS, 342, 915), the authors described three regions of the survey, constituting a total area of 529 deg2 to a completeness limit of ~ 25 mJy. In this follow-up, they present results from a series of deeper regions, constituting a total area of 115 deg2 complete to ~ 10 mJy and of 29 deg2 complete to ~ 5.5 mJy. The authors have investigated the source counts and the distributions of the 1.4 to 15.2 GHz spectral indices for these deeper samples. The whole catalog of 643 sources is contained in the present table.

Down to their lower limit of 5.5 mJy, the authors detect no evidence for any change in the differential source count from the earlier fitted count above 25 mJy, n(S) = 51(S/Jy)-2.15 Jy-1 sr-1. They matched both their new and earlier catalogues with the NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) catalogue at 1.4 GHz and selected flux-limited samples at both 15 and 1.4 GHz. As they expected, they found that the proportions of sources with flat and rising spectra in the samples selected at 15 GHz are significantly higher than those in the samples selected at 1.4 GHz. In addition, for 15-GHz samples selected in three flux density ranges, they detect a significant shift in the median value of the 1.4 to 15.2 GHz spectral index: the higher the flux densities, the higher the proportions of sources with flat and rising spectra.

In the area complete to ~ 10 mJy, the authors find five sources between 10 and 15 mJy at 15 GHz, amounting to 4.3 per cent of sources in this range, with no counterpart in the NVSS catalogue. This implies that, had they relied on the NVSS for locating their sources, they could have missed a significant proportion of them at low flux densities.

These results illustrate the problems inherent in using a low-frequency catalog to characterize the source population at a much higher frequency and emphasize the value of a blind 15.2-GHz survey.


RTV9C15GHZ Catalog

The fields chosen for the first observations of the cosmic microwave background (CMB) with the Very Small Array (VSA) have been surveyed with the Ryle Telescope at 15 GHz. The authors have covered three regions around RA = 00h20m and Dec = +30o, RA = 09h40m and Dec = +32o and RA = 15h40m and Dec = +43o (J2000.0), comprising an area of 520 deg2. There are 465 sources in this entire area which are above the estimated completeness limit of ~ 25 mJy, although a total of ~ 760 sources were detected, some as faint as 10 mJy.

The prime motivation of this study was to define a catalog of the foreground sources that must be monitored by the VSA during its observations at 34 GHz. In particular, it provides a means of identifying GigaHertz peaked spectrum (GPS) sources, which are important for the study of radio source evolution, as well as being a significant foreground for CMB observations over a range of wavelengths. Since this will be a new and quite extensive survey, it was desgignated as '9C' or the Ninth Cambridge survey.

For the purpose of this particular component of the 9C survey, the authors designated as a subset, 3 circular areas, VSA1, VSA2 and VSA3, defined by the properties listed in Table 2 of the reference paper and reproduced below:

Field      Centre J2000.0         Center B1950.0      Radius     Area
           RA         Dec         RA         Dec     (degrees)  (sq. degrees)

VSA1    00 17 36.5 +30 16 39   00 15 00.0 +30 00 00   5.5        95.0
VSA2    09 40 57.7 +31 46 21   09 38 00.0 +32 00 00   6.0       113.0
VSA3    15 36 42.7 +43 20 11   15 35 00.0 +43 30 00   5.0        78.5
There are 242 sources which were both above the 25 mJy completeness limit and were in the 286.5 deg2 contained within these 3 circular fields. These source were listed in 3 tables in the reference paper, Table 4 (VSA1), Table 5 (VSA2) and Table 6 (VSA3). These have been combined into this one HEASARC table, in which the HEASARC added a new parameter vsa_field, which is set to 1 for the VSA1 sources, 2 for the VSA2 sources, and 3 for the VSA3 sources.

SAXHELLASR Catalog

This table contains results of a complete radio follow-up obtained with the VLA and ATCA radio telescopes down to a 6-cm flux limit of about 0.3 mJy (3-sigma) of all the 147 X-ray sources detected in the BeppoSAX HELLAS survey (Fiore et al. 2001, MNRAS, 327, 771). The authors found 53 X-ray/radio likely associations, corresponding to about one-third of the X-ray sample. Using the two-point spectral index alpharo = 0.35 they divided all the HELLAS X-ray sources into radio-quiet and radio-loud. They have 26 sources classified as radio-loud objects, corresponding to 18 per cent of the HELLAS sample. In agreement with previous results, the identified radio-loud sources are associated mainly with Type 1 active galactic nuclei (AGNs) with L5-10keV >~ 1044 erg/s, while all the identified Type 2 AGNs and emission-line galaxies are radio-quiet objects with L5-10keV <~ 1044 erg/s.

The 20 HELLAS sources with Declinations south of -40o were observed with the ATCA, while the 127 sources with more northerly Declinations were observed with the VLA. For these latter sources a complete covering at 20 cm down to the 5-sigma flux limit of 2.5 mJy is already available with the NRAO/VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) while the FIRST survey (Faint Images of the Radio Sky at Twenty centimeters) is available only for 27 HELLAS sources (5-sigma limit of ~ 1 mJy).In order to obtain information also on the radio spectral properties of the HELLAS sources the authors adopted the following strategy. All the 147 HELLAS sources were observed at 6 cm down to a 1 -sigma flux limit of ~ 0.10 - 0.25 mJy. For the 20 HELLAS sources observed with the ATCA, they took advantage of the fact that the 6 and 3 cm receivers of the ATCA share a common feed-horn and they observed simultaneously also at 3 cm, obtaining a 3-cm flux limit of ~ 0.22 mJy (1-sigma level).

Starting from the radio position of the 53 X-ray/radio associations, the authors searched for optical counterparts within 5 arcseconds from the radio position using the optical positions of the 61 HELLAS sources identified by La Franca et al. (2002, ApJ, 570, 100 = LF02), the USNO-A2.0 1 optical catalog, the APM 2 optical catalog and the NASA Extragalactic Database (NED). 24 X-ray/radio associations have been identified with sources in LF02 (10 Type 1 AGN, 4 Type 2 AGN, 2 BL Lacs, 3 Clusters, 4 ELGs and 1 Radio galaxy), 1 has been identified with a z = 0.708 Radio galaxy in the Lockman Hole using NED (see Table 2 source 116 in Lehmann et al. 2000, A&A, 354, 35 for a description of this source), 13 have an optical (R-band) identification in the USNO and/or APM catalogue while 15 X-ray/radio associations do not have an optical identification brighter than R=20.


SGRAREGCSC Catalog

Recent broad-band 34- and 44-GHz radio continuum observations of the Galactic center have revealed 41 massive stars identified with near-IR (NIR) counterparts, as well as 44 proplyd candidates within 30 arcseconds of Sgr A*. Radio observations obtained in 2011 and 2014 have been used to derive proper motions of eight young stars near Sgr A*. The accuracy of proper motion estimates based on NIR observations by Lu et al. (2009, ApJ, 690, 1463) and Paumard et al. (2006, ApJ, 643, 1011) have been investigated by using their proper motions to predict the 2014 epoch positions of NIR stars and comparing the predicted positions with those of radio counterparts in the 2014 radio observations. Predicted positions from Lu et al. show an rms scatter of 6 milliarcseconds (mas) relative to the radio positions, while those from Paumard et al. show rms residuals of 20 mas. In the reference paper, the authors also determine the mass-loss rates of 11 radio stars, finding rates that are on average ~2 times smaller than those determined from model atmosphere calculations and NIR data. Clumpiness of ionized winds would reduce the mass loss rate of WR and O stars by additional factors of 3 and 10, respectively. One important implication of this is a reduction in the expected mass accretion rate onto Sgr A* from stellar winds by nearly an order of magnitude to a value of a few x 10-7 solar masses per year.

The authors carried out A-array observations of the Galactic center region (VLA program 14A-232) in the Ka (9 mm, 34.5 GHz) band on 2014 March 9 in which they detected 318 compact radio sources within 30" of Sgr A*. The authors searched for NIR counterparts to these compact radio sources using high-angular resolution AOs-assisted imaging observations acquired with the VLT/NACO. A Ks-band (central wavelength 2.18 micron) image was obtained in a rectangular dither pattern on 2012 September 12. L'-band (3.8 micron) observations were obtained during various observing runs between 2012 June and September. The authors found that 45 of the compact radio sources had stellar counterparts in the Ks and L' bands.

This table contains the details of the 318 compact radio sources detected at 34.5 GHz and their NIR counterparts.


SMC1400MHZ Catalog

This table contains a new catalog of radio-continuum sources in the field of the Small Magellanic Cloud (SMC). This catalog contains 1560 radio-continuum sources detected at 1400 MHz (lambda = 20 cm) from a set of new high-resolution radio-continuum mosaic images of the SMC created by combining observations from ATCA and Parkes (Wong et al. 2011, SerAJ, 182, 43). The 20 cm mosaic image (Fig. 2 in above reference)was created by combining data from ATCA project C1288 (Mao et al. 2008, ApJ, 688, 1029) with data obtained for a Parkes radio-continuum study of the SMC (Filipovic et al. 1997, A&AS, 121, 321). This image had a beam size of 17.8 x 12.2 arcseconds and an rms noise of 0.7 mJy/beam. The MIRIAD task 'imsad' was used to detect sources in the 20-cm image, requiring a fitted Gaussian flux density > 5 sigma (3.5 mJy). All sources were then visually examined to confirm that they were genuine point sources, excluding extended emission, bright side lobes, etc.

SMC4800MHZ Catalog

This table contains a new catalog of radio-continuum sources in the field of the Small Magellanic Cloud (SMC). This catalog contains sources found at 4800 MHz (lambda = 6 cm) by combining data from various Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) projects that covered the SMC. Some 601 sources have been detected at 6 cm in the new high-sensitivity and resolution radio-continuum image of the SMC from Crawford et al. (2011, SerAJ, 183, 95).

The 6 cm map has a resolution of 30 arcseconds, and a sensitivity of 0.7 mJy/beam. The field size of the image used in this study covered from 00h 26m to 01h 28m in RA (J2000.0) and from -70o 29' to -75o 29' in Dec (J2000.0). The MIRIAD task 'imsad' was used to detect sources in the 6 cm image, requiring a fitted Gaussian flux density > 5 sigma (3.5 mJy). All sources were then visually examined to confirm that they are genuine point sources, excluding extended emission, bright side lobes, etc.


SMC843MHZ Catalog

This table contains a new catalog of radio-continuum sources in the field of the Small Magellanic Cloud (SMC). This catalog contains 1689 radio-continuum sources detected at 843 MHz (lambda = 36 cm) from a radio survey of 36 square degrees containing the SMC (Turtle et al. 1998, PASA, 15, 280) conducted using the Molonglo Observatory Synthesis Telescope (MOST). These observations had a beam size of ~ 45 arcseconds and an rms noise of 0.7 mJy/beam. The MIRIAD task 'imsad' was used to detect sources in the 36-cm images, requiring a fitted Gaussian flux density > 5 sigma (3.5 mJy). All sources were then visually examined to confirm that they were genuine point sources, excluding extended emission, bright side lobes, etc.

SMC8640MHZ Catalog

This table contains a new catalog of radio-continuum sources in the field of the Small Magellanic Cloud (SMC). This catalog contains sources found at 8640 MHz (lambda = 3 cm) by combining data from various Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) projects that covered the SMC. Some 457 sources have been detected at 3 cm in the new high-sensitivity and resolution radio-continuum image of the SMC from Crawford et al. (2011, SerAJ, 183, 95).

The 3 cm map has a resolution of 20 arcseconds, and a sensitivity of 0.8 mJy/beam. The field size of the image used in this study covered from 00h 26m to 01h 27m in RA (J2000.0) and from -70o 35' to -75o 21' in Dec (J2000.0). The MIRIAD task 'imsad' was used to detect sources in the 3 cm image, requiring a fitted Gaussian flux density > 5 sigma (3.5 mJy). All sources were then visually examined to confirm that they are genuine point sources, excluding extended emission, bright side lobes, etc.


SMCRADIO Catalog

This table contains the classification of 717 radio-continuum sources from the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA) Catalog of the Small Magellanic Cloud (SMC). All 717 sources have been categorised into one of three groups: supernova remnants (SNRs), HII regions and background sources. In total, 71 sources are named as HII regions (or candidates) and 21 sources are named as SNRs (or candidates). Six sources are named as either HII regions or background sources and two are candidate radio planetary nebulae. One source is coincident with an X-ray binary. 616 objects are classified as background sources and their statistics are presented in the published paper II from which this table is taken.

SPASS2P3GH Catalog

The S-band Polarization All-Sky Survey (S-PASS) has observed the entire southern sky using the 64-meter Parkes radio telescope at 2.3 GHz with an effective bandwidth of 184 MHz. The surveyed sky area covers all Declinations < 0 degrees. To analyze compact sources the survey data have been re-processed to produce a set of 107 Stokes I maps with 10.75-arcminute resolution and the large scale emission contribution filtered out. In this paper, the authors use these Stokes I images to create a total intensity southern-sky extragalactic source catalog at 2.3 GHz. The source catalog contains 23,389 sources and covers a sky area of 16,600 deg2, excluding the Galactic plane for latitudes |b| < 10 degrees. Approximately 8% of the catalogued sources are resolved. S-PASS source positions are typically accurate to within 35 arcseconds. At a flux density of 225 mJy, the S-PASS source catalog is more than 95% complete, and ~94% of S-PASS sources brighter than 500 mJy/beam have a counterpart at lower frequencies.

The observations were carried out over the period from October 2007 to January 2010 using the Parkes S-band receiver. The S-band receiver is a package with: a system temperature Tsys = 20K, a beam Full Width at Half Maximum (FWHM) of 8.9 arcminutes, and a circular polarization front-end that is ideal for linear polarization observations with single-dish telescopes.


SPTMM87SD Catalog

This table contains the results of an 87 deg2 point-source survey centered at RA = 5h30m, Dec = -55o (J2000.0) taken with the South Pole Telescope at 1.4 and 2.0 mm wavelengths with arcminute resolution and milli-Jansky (mJy) depth. Based on the ratio of flux in the two bands, the authors separate the detected sources into two populations, one consistent with synchrotron emission from active galactic nuclei (AGN) and the other consistent with thermal emission from dust. In the reference paper, the authors present source counts for each population from 11 to 640 mJy at 1.4 mm and from 4.4 to 800 mJy at 2.0 mm. The 2.0-mm counts are dominated by synchrotron-dominated sources across the reported flux range; the 1.4-mm counts are dominated by synchrotron-dominated sources above ~15 mJy and by dust-dominated sources below that flux level. The authors detect 141 synchrotron-dominated sources and 47 dust-dominated sources at signal-to-noise ratio S/N > 4.5 in at least one band. All of the most significantly detected members of the synchrotron-dominated population are associated with sources in previously published radio catalogs. Some of the dust-dominated sources are associated with nearby (z << 1) galaxies whose dust emission is also detected by the Infrared Astronomy Satellite (IRAS). However, most of the bright, dust-dominated sources have no counterparts in any existing catalogs. The authors argue that these sources represent the rarest and brightest members of the population commonly referred to as sub-millimeter galaxies (SMGs).

During the 2008 observing season, the 960-element South Pole Telescope (SPT) camera included detectors sensitive to radiation within bands centered at approximately 1.4 mm, 2.0 mm, and 3.2 mm (220 GHz, 150 GHz, and 95 GHz). Result in this reference paper are based on 607 hr of observing time, using only the 1.4-mm and 2.0-mm data from the 87 deg2 portion of the field that was mapped with near-uniform coverage. Main-lobe beams were measured using the brightest sources in the field and were adequately fit by two-dimensional Gaussians with FWHM equal to 1.05 and 1.15 arcminutes at 1.4 mm and 2.0 mm, respectively. The typical rms of the filtered 2.0-mm and 1.4-mm maps used for source candidate identification (shown in Figures 1 and 2, respectively, of the reference paper) is 1.3 mJy at 2.0 mm and 3.4 mJy at 1.4 mm. Detections in both bands are listed in the final catalog as a single source if they are offset <30 arcseconds between the two bands. For sources detected in both bands, the authors adopt the position of the more significant detection. The argue that they are far enough above the confusion limit that this simple and intuitive method is adequate. For sources detected in only one band, the authors use the flux in the cleaned map for the second band at the position of the detection. This table lists all 3,496 sources above 3 sigma in either map.


SPTSZSPSC Catalog

This database table presents the catalog of emissive point-sources detected in the South Pole Telescope Sunyaev-Zel'dovich (SPT-SZ) survey, which is a contiguous 2530 deg2 area surveyed between 2008-2011 in three bands centered at 95, 150, and 220 GHz. The catalog contains 4845 sources measured at a significance of 4.5 sigma or greater in at least one band, corresponding to detections above approximately 9.8, 5.8, and 20.4 mJy in 95, 150, and 220 GHz, respectively. Spectral behavior in the SPT bands is used for source classification into two populations based on the underlying physical mechanisms of compact, emissive sources that are bright at millimeter wavelengths: synchrotron radiation from active galactic nuclei and thermal emission from dust. The latter population includes a component of high-redshift sources often referred to as submillimeter galaxies (SMGs). In the relatively bright flux ranges probed by the survey, these sources are expected to be magnified by strong gravitational lensing. The survey also contains sources consistent with protoclusters, groups of dusty galaxies at high redshift undergoing collapse. The authors cross-match the SPT-SZ catalog with external catalogs at radio, infrared, and X-ray wavelengths and identify available redshift information. The catalog splits into 3980 synchrotron-dominated and 865 dust-dominated sources and determines a list of 506 SMGs. 10 sources are identified as stars.

The SPT is a 10-m telescope located at the Amundsen-Scott South Pole station in Antarctica. At 150 GHz (2 mm), the SPT has arcminute angular resolution and a 1 deg2 diffraction-limited field of view. The SPT was designed for high-sensitivity millimeter/sub-millimeter observations of faint, low-contrast sources, such as CMB anisotropies. The first survey with the SPT, designated as the SPT-SZ survey, was completed in 2011 November and covers a ~2500 deg2 region of the southern extragalactic sky in three frequency bands, 95, 150, and 220 GHz, corresponding to wavelengths of 3.2, 2.0, and 1.4 mm. The fields were surveyed to depths of approximately 40, 18, and 70 microK arcmin at 95, 150, and 220 GHz, respectively.

This study uses data from 19 fields observed by the SPT between 2008 and 2011. The fields are referred to using the J2000 coordinates of their centers, Right Ascension in hours and Declination in degrees. Table 1 in the reference paper lists the positions and effective areas of these fields.The total effective area used for the catalog and analysis in this present work is 2530 deg2. The catalog is an extension of two previous works: Vieira et al. (2010, ApJ, 719, 763) and Mocanu et al. (2013, ApJ, 779, 61) and builds on the same analysis pipeline, adding 1759 deg2 of newly analyzed data, and additional data for two fields which were re-observed in 2010 and 2011.


SUMSS Catalog

The Sydney University Molonglo Sky Survey (SUMSS) is a radio imaging survey of the sky south of declination, delta = -30 degrees (a total area of 8100 square degrees) carried out with the Molonglo Observatory Synthesis Telescope (MOST) operating at 843 MHz. The survey consists of 629 4.3 degrees by 4.3 degrees mosaic images with a resolution of 45" by 45" x cosec delta, and a limiting peak brightness of 6 mJy/beam at declinations delta <= 50 degrees, and 10 mJy/beam at delta > 50 degrees. The SUMSS is therefore similar in sensitivity and resolution to the northern NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS). This table based on the latest version of the SUMSS Source Catalog of radio sources (which uses all of the released mosaics).

Sources were found by fitting two-dimensional Gaussians to SUMSS mosaics. Positions in the catalog are accurate to within 1-2" for sources with peak brightness >= 20 mJy/beam, and are always better than 10". The internal flux density scale is accurate to within 3%. Image artifacts were classified using a decision tree, which correctly identified and rejected spurious sources in over 96% of cases. Analysis of the catalog shows that it is highly uniform and is complete to 8 mJy at delta <= -50 degrees, and to 18 mJy at delta > -50 degrees.


SZA31GHZ Catalog

This table contains the first sample of 31-GHz selected sources to flux levels of 1 mJy. From late-2005 to mid-2007, the Sunyaev-Zel'dovich Array (SZA) observed 7.7 deg2 of the sky at 31 GHz to a median rms of 0.18 mJy/beam. The authors identify 209 sources at greater than 5-sigma significance in the 31-GHz maps, ranging in flux from 0.7 mJy to ~200 mJy. Archival NRAO VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) data at 1.4 GHz and observations at 5 GHz with the Very Large Array are used to characterize the sources. The authors determine the maximum-likelihood integrated source count to be N(>S) = (27.2 +/- 2.5) deg-2 * (SmJy)(-1.18 +/- 0.12) over the flux range 0.7 - 15 mJy. This result is significantly higher than predictions based on 1.4-GHz selected samples, a discrepancy which can be explained by a small shift in the spectral index distribution for faint 1.4-GHz sources. From comparison with previous measurements of sources within the central arcminute of massive clusters, the authors derive an overdensity of 6.8 +/- 4.4 deg-2, relative to field sources.

The SZA is an interferometer designed specifically for detecting and imaging the Sunyaev-Zel'dovich (SZ) effect in galaxy clusters, and is located at the Owens Valley Radio Observatory (OVRO). The SZA is equipped with an 8-GHz wideband correlator and sensitive 26GHZ-36GHz receivers. The data in the SZA survey correspond to 1493 tracks taken between 2005 November 13 and 2007 July 25. The data in the CMB anisotropy measurements correspond to an additional 414 tracks taken between 2005 November 12 and 2007 October 25. The analysis in this paper refers to the full 1907 tracks taken in both observing modes.

To complement the NVSS and FIRST observations, the authors obtained high-sensitivity VLA observations at 5 GHz between 2007 February 24 and 2007 April 15.


TEXAS Catalog

This catalog is from the Texas Survey of discrete radio sources between -35.5 degrees and +71.5 degrees declination (B1950), which was carried out at a frequency of 365 MHz (82 cm wavelength) with the Texas Interferometer during the period from 1974 to 1983. The Survey lists accurate positions with internal errors of about an arcsecond, flux densities (which for strong point sources have internal errors of about 1% and total errors of about 5%), simple structure models and indications of spectrum and variability for 66841 sources. Results of comparisons with other data show that the Survey is 90% complete at 0.4 Jy and 80% complete at 0.25 Jy, is nearly free from spurious sources, and has a lobeshift incidence which is reasonably described by quality flags associated with each source.

The University of Texas Radio Astronomy Observatory (UTRAO) carried out, with the Texas Interferometer, this 365 MHz survey of the sky, which was intended to be complete to a flux density level of 0.25 Jy, to provide positions with an accuracy of about 1 arcsec in both coordinates, to give accurate flux densities and indication of source variability, and to give rough structure models for each source. The observations began in 1974 and were completed in 1983. A preliminary version of one declination strip was published (Douglas et al., Publ. Dept. Astron. Univ. Texas, No. 17, Oct. 1980), and a number of intermediate versions of the survey were privately circulated for various purposes, pending completion of the final analysis and adjustment of the data.


TRAMISUBOO Catalog

This table contains results from wide-area, deep, high-resolution 153-MHz GMRT observations of the NOAO Bootes field, adding to the extensive, multi-wavelength data of this region. The observations, data reduction, and catalog construction and description are described in the reference paper. The seven pointings (listed in Table 2 of the reference paper) produced a final mosaic covering 30 square degrees with a resolution of 25". The rms noise is 2 mJy/beam in the center of the image, rising to 4-5 mJy/beam at the edges, with an average of 3 mJy/beam. Seventy-five per cent of the area has an rms < 4 mJy/beam. The extracted source catalog contains 1289 sources detected at 5 sigma at flux densities between 4.1 mJy and 7.3 Jy, of which 453 are resolved. The authors estimate the catalogue to be 92% reliable and 95% complete at an integrated flux density limit of 14 mJy. The flux densities and astrometry have been corrected for systematic errors. In their paper, the authors calculate the differential source counts which are in good agreement with those in the literature and provide an important step forward in quantifying the source counts at these low frequencies and low flux densities. The GMRT 153-MHz sources have been matched to the 1.4-GHz NVSS and 327-MHz WENSS catalogs and spectral indices were derived.

The source catalog presented here is derived from seven 4 hour pointings with the GMRT at 153 MHz, centered on the NOAO Bootes field. The resulting 30 square degree image has a central noise level of 2 mJy/beam and a resolution of 25". This table contains entries for all 1289 detected 153-MHz radio sources as well as for the 160 Gaussian components of the 77 sources (71 doubles and 3 triples) which could be fit by multiple Gaussian components, making a total of 1449 entries.


UC7C151MHZ Catalog

This table contains a final unified catalog for the 7C survey at 151 MHz with a spatial resolution of 70 x 70cosec(Dec) arcsec2. This has been constructed by amalgamating the existing catalogs derived from individual fields imaged at this resolution and eliminating redundancy in regions of mutual overlap. This was a non-trivial procedure because the flux in multiple-component sources may be fitted differently on alternative images, owing, for example, to differences in local noise and beam distortion. The final catalog as published thus produced contains 43683 sources. (Note that the HEASARC removed one duplicate source entry for '7C 083231.6+262635' since it had two entries, which were identical except that in one the beam-fitted flux density Sbf was 834 mJy/beam, while, in the other entry now removed, Sbf was 840 mJy/beam). Separate final catalogs have been previously published for the 7C Galactic Plane 7CG survey (available as the HEASARC table GP7C151MHZ), and the lower-resolution survey of the low-declination strip 9h < RA < 16h, 20o < Dec < 35o (available as the HEASARC table LD7C151MHZ).

The individual catalogs for about 40 of the 96 regions contributing to the total have already been published, together with full details of the methodology, in MNRAS or A&AS:

    Reference                              Region

    Lacy et al. 1995, MNRAS, 276, 614       92
    Visser et al. 1995, A&AS, 110, 419      93
    Pooley et al. 1998, MNRAS, 298, 637     94-96
    Riley et al. 1999, MNRAS, 306, 31        1-33
and these data are also available via the MRAO website: http://www.mrao.cam.ac.uk/surveys/7C/

Individual catalogs for the remaining 58 regions by Riley et al. (regions 34-91) were released electronically via the MRAO website in November 2001. These include a re-analysis of data originally published in rather a different parametrization by McGilchrist et al. 1990, MNRAS, 246, 110. The regions re-analyzed are those numbered 41, 44, 59, 60, 62 and 63 and they supersede McGilchrist's 1990 publication.

The RA x Dec coverage, the average rms noise, the flux density of the faintest source listed and the completeness limit for each of the individual regions contributing to the final catalog are given in the table http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J_MNRAS/382/1639/regions.dat.

For further details of the surveys and data analysis procedures please refer to the published papers referenced above and other references contained therein.


VLA23901P4 Catalog

This table contains the 1.4-GHz source catalog for the field of the cluster of galaxies A2390 as observed with the Very Large Array (VLA). This is one of the deepest radio images of a cluster field ever taken. The image covers an area of 34' x 34' with a synthesized beam of ~1.4" and a noise level of ~5.6 µJy (µJy) near the field center. In the reference paper, the authors construct differential number counts for the central regions (radius < 16') of this cluster, and find that the faint (S1.4GHz < 3 mJy) counts of A2390 are roughly consistent with the lowest blank field number counts. Their analyses indicate that the number counts are primarily from field radio galaxies. The authors suggest that the disagreement of their number counts for this cluster with those from a similarly deep observation of A370 that was also presented in the reference paper can be largely attributed to cosmic variance.

The authors observed the A2390 cluster field with the VLA in the A configuration for ~31.4hr on-source during 2008 October. The field center is located at 21:53:36 +17:41:52 (J2000).


VLA3701P4 Catalog

This table contains the 1.4-GHz source catalog for the field of the cluster of galaxies A370 as observed with the Very Large Array (VLA). This is one of the deepest radio images of a cluster field ever taken. The image covers an area of 40' x 40' with a synthesized beam of ~1.7" and a noise level of ~5.7 µJy (µJy) near the field center. The authors have cataloged 200 redshifts for the A370 field. In the reference paper, they construct differential number counts for the central regions (radius < 16') of this cluster, and find that the faint (S1.4GHz < 3 mJy) counts of A370 are roughly consistent with the highest blank field number counts. Their analyses indicate that the number counts are primarily from field radio galaxies. The authors suggest that the disagreement of their number counts for this cluster with those from a similarly deep observation of A2390 that was also presented in the reference paper can be largely attributed to cosmic variance.

The authors observed the A370 cluster field with the VLA in the A configuration for ~42.4hr on-source during 1999 August and September. K. S. Dwarakanath observed A370 in the B configuration for ~18.4hr on-source during 1994 August and September. The field center is located at 02:39:32 -01:35:07 (J2000). This is offset by approximately 5 arcminutes from the cluster center at 02:39:50.5 -01:35:08.

The authors also targeted 58 radio sources, in A370, that had no existing optical spectral data using the Hydra fiber spectrograph on the Wisconsin-Indiana-Yale-NOAO (WIYN) telescope (spectral window of ~4500 - 9500 Angstrom). They preferentially targeted optically bright galaxies, obtaining these data in a single two-hour pointing on 2012 January 20. Of the 58 targets, the authors obtained high-confidence redshifts for 36.


VLA74MHZDP Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a 74-MHz survey of a 165 deg2 region located near the North Galactic Pole (NGP). This survey has an unprecedented combination of both spatial resolution (25" FWHM) and sensitivity (1-sigma as low as 24mJy/beam). The authors detect 949 sources at the 5-sigma level in this region, enough to begin exploring the nature of the 74-MHz source population. In their paper, they present differential source counts, spectral index measurements, and the size distribution as determined from counterparts in the high-resolution FIRST 1.4-GHz survey. They find a trend of steeper spectral indices for the brighter sources. Further, there is a clear correlation between spectral index and median source size, with the flat-spectrum sources being much smaller on average. Ultra-steep spectrum objects (power-law index alpha <= -1.2, where S_nu ~ nualpha) are identified. These sources are excellent candidates for high-redshift radio galaxies.

The data used to produce this survey come from observations taken on 1998 March 7 intended to map two normal galaxies at 74 MHz (NGC 4565 and NGC 4631). These two pointings were separated by 6.4 degrees, roughly the radius of the primary beam at 74 MHz, allowing them to be ideally combined to produce a single deep image roughly 17 x 10 degrees in size. The combination of VLA A-configuration resolution (25 arcsec), favorable ionospheric conditions, and pointings in directions near the NGP, where the background temperature is low, produced the deepest observation ever obtained below 100 MHz. The same algorithm that was used in the 1.4-GHz NVSS was used to identify and characterize sources in this 74-MHz survey. The source detection algorithm had a threshold such that sources must have both a peak and integrated flux density level of at least 5 times the local rms noise level. Since the rms noise level varied from 24 mJy/beam to 80 mJy mJy/beam at the chosen field edge, the absolute level of the source-detection threshold of 5-sigma likewise varied over the image.


VLACDFSCAT Catalog

This table contains some of the results from 20 and 6 cm VLA deep observations of the Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S), including the Extended CDF-S (E-CDF-S). In the reference paper, the authors discuss the radio properties of 266 cataloged radio sources, of which 198 are above a 20-cm completeness level reaching down to 43 microJanskies (uJy) at the center of the field. Survey observations made at 6 cm over a more limited region cover the original CDF-S to a comparable level of sensitivity as the 20-cm observations. Of 266 cataloged radio sources, 52 have X-ray counterparts in the CDF-S and a further 37 have counterparts in the E-CDF-S area not covered by the 1 Ms exposure. Using a wide range of material, the authors have found optical or infrared counterparts for 254 radio sources, of which 186 have either spectroscopic or photometric redshifts. Three radio sources have no apparent counterpart at any other wavelength. Measurements of the 20-cm radio flux density at the position of each CDF-S X-ray source detected a further 30 radio sources (not included in this table) above a conservative 3-sigma detection limit. X-ray and sub-millimeter observations have been traditionally used as a measure of AGN and star formation activity, respectively. These new observations probe the faint end of both the star formation and radio galaxy/AGN population, as well as the connection between the formation and evolution of stars and SMBHs. Both of the corresponding gravitational and nuclear fusion-driven energy sources can lead to radio synchrotron emission. AGN and radio galaxies dominate at high flux densities. Although emission from star formation becomes more prominent at the microJansky levels reached by deep radio surveys, even for the weakest sources, an apparent significant contribution from low-luminosity AGN as well as from star formation is still found.

Notice that are 319 entries in this table corresponding to the 266 catalogued radio sources, due to the fact that some of these sources have multiple components. In such cases, the composite source as well as each of its components are listed as separate entries, e.g., source 7 which has 3 components (A, B and C) has 4 entries in this table.


VLACOMACAT Catalog

This table contains results from deep 1.4-GHz Very Large Array (VLA) radio continuum observations of two ~0.5 deg2 fields in the Coma cluster of galaxies. The two fields, "Coma 1" and "Coma 3", correspond to the cluster core and the southwest infall region, and were selected on account of abundant pre-existing multiwavelength data. In their most sensitive regions, the radio data reach 0.022 mJy (22 microJy) rms per 4.4" beam, sufficient to detect (at 5-sigma) Coma member galaxies with L1.4GHz = 1.3 x 1020 W Hz-1 (1.3 x 1027 erg s-1 Hz-1). The full catalog of radio detections at and above a 4.5-sigma significance threshold is presented herein; there are 1030 of these sources which are detected at >= 5 sigma, 628 of which are within the combined Coma 1 and Coma 3 area. The authors also provide optical identifications of the radio sources using data from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS). The depth of the radio observations allows them to detect active galactic nuclei in cluster elliptical galaxies with Mr < -20.5 (AB magnitudes), including radio detections for all cluster ellipticals with Mr < -21.8. At fainter optical magnitudes (-20.5 < Mr <~ -19), the radio sources are associated with star-forming galaxies with star formation rates as low as 0.1M_{sun}_ yr-1.

The VLA observations were performed over five days in 2006 June as program code AM868. On each of the five days, the scheduled time was centered on the transit of Coma.


VLACOS324M Catalog

This table contains a source catalog based on 90-cm (324-MHz) Very Large Array (VLA) imaging of the COSMOS field, comprising a circular area of 3.14 square degrees centered on 10h 00m 28.6s, _02o 12' 21" (J2000.0 RA and Dec). The image from the merger of 3 nights of observations using all 27 VLA antennas had an effective total integration time of ~ 12 hours, an 8.0 arcsecond x 6.0 arcsecond angular resolution, and an average rms of 0.5 mJy beam-1. The extracted catalog contains 182 sources (down to 5.5 sigma), 30 of which are multi-component sources. Using Monte Carlo artificial source simulations, the authors derive the completeness of the catalog, and show that their 90-cm source counts agree very well with those from previous studies. In their paper, the authors use X-ray, NUV-NIR and radio COSMOS data to investigate the population mix of this 90-cm radio sample, and find that the sample is dominated by active galactic nuclei. The average 90-20 cm spectral index (S_nu_~ nualpha, where Snu is the flux density at frequency nu and alpha the spectral index) of the 90-cm selected sources is -0.70, with an interquartile range from -0.90 to -0.53. Only a few ultra-steep-spectrum sources are present in this sample, consistent with results in the literature for similar fields. These data do not show clear steepening of the spectral index with redshift. Nevertheless, this sample suggests that sources with spectral indices steeper than -1 all lie at z >~ 1, in agreement with the idea that ultra-steep-spectrum radio sources may trace intermediate-redshift galaxies (z >~ 1).

Using both the signal and rms maps (see Figs. 1 and 2 in the reference paper) as input data, the authors ran the AIPS task SAD to obtain a catalog of candidate components above a given local signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) threshold. The task SAD was run four times with search S/N levels of 10, 8, 6 and 5, using the resulting residual image each time. They recovered all the radio components with a local S/N > 5.00. Subsequently, all the selected components were visually inspected, in order to check their reliability, especially for the components near strong side-lobes. After a careful analysis, a S/N threshold of 5.50 was adopted as the best compromise between a deep and a reliable catalog. The procedure yielded a total of 246 components with a local S/N > 5.50. More than one component, identified in the 90-cm map sometimes belongs to a single radio source (e.g. large radio galaxies consist of multiple components). Using the 90-cm COSMOS radio map, the authors combined the various components into single sources based on visual inspection. The final catalog (contained in this HEASARC table) lists 182 radio sources, 30 of which have been classified as multiple, i.e. they are better described by more than a single component. Moreover, in order to ensure a more precise classification, all sources identified as multi-component sources have been also double-checked using the 20-cm radio map. The authors found that all the 26 multiple 90-cm radio sources within the 20-cm map have 20-cm counterpart sources already classified as multiple.

The authors have made use of the VLA-COSMOS Large and Deep Projects over 2 square degrees, reaching down to an rms of ~15 microJy beam1 ^ at 1.4 GHz and 1.5 arcsec resolution (Schinnerer et al. 2007, ApJS, 172, 46: the VLACOSMOS table in the HEASARC database). The 90-cm COSMOS radio catalog has, however, been extracted from a larger region of 3.14 square degrees (see Fig. 1 and Section 3.1 of the reference paper). This implies that a certain number of 90-cm sources (48) lie outside the area of the 20-cm COSMOS map used to select the radio catalog. Thus, to identify the 20-cm counterparts of the 90-cm radio sources, the authors used the joint VLA-COSMOS catalog (Schinnerer et al. 2010, ApJS, 188, 384: the VLACOSMJSC table in the HEASARC database) for the 134 sources within the 20-cm VLA-COSMOS area and the VLA- FIRST survey (White et al. 1997, ApJ, 475, 479: the FIRST table in the HEASARC database) for the remaining 48 sources. The 90-cm sources were cross-matched with the 20-cm VLA-COSMOS sources using a search radius of 2.5 arcseconds, while the cross-match with the VLA-FIRST sources has been done using a search radius of 4 arcseconds in order to take into account the larger synthesized beam of the VLA-FIRST survey of ~5 arcseconds. Finally, all the 90 cm - 20 cm associations were visually inspected in order to ensure also the association of the multiple 90-cm radio sources for which the value of the search radius used during the cross-match could be too restrictive. In summary, out of the total of 182 sources in the 90-cm catalog, 168 have counterparts at 20 cm.


VLACOS3GHZ Catalog

This table contains some of the results from the VLA-COSMOS 3-GHz Large Project based on 384 hours of observations with the Karl G. Jansky Very Large Array (VLA) at 3 GHz (10 cm) toward the 2 square degree Cosmic Evolution Survey (COSMOS) field. The final mosaic reaches a median rms of 2.3 µJy (µJy) beam-1 over the 2 square degrees at an angular resolution of 0.75 arcseconds. To fully account for the spectral shape and resolution variations across the broad (2-GHz) band, the authors imaged all the data with a multiscale, multifrequency synthesis algorithm. In this table, the catalog of 10,830 radio sources down to 5 sigma is presented, out of which 67 are combined from multiple components. Comparing the positions of these 3-GHz sources with those from the Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA)-COSMOS survey, the authors estimate that the astrometry is accurate to 0.01 arcseconds at the bright end (signal-to-noise ratio, S/N3GHz > 20). Survival analysis on these data combined with the VLA-COSMOS 1.4-GHz Joint Project catalog yields an expected median radio spectral index alpha = -0.7. The authors compute completeness corrections via Monte Carlo simulations to derive the corrected 3-GHz source counts. Their counts are in agreement with previously derived 3-GHz counts based on single-pointing (0.087 square degrees) VLA data. In summary, the VLA-COSMOS 3-GHz Large Project simultaneously provides the largest and deepest radio continuum survey at high (0.75") angular resolution to date, bridging the gap between last-generation and next-generation surveys.

The catalog contains sources selected down to a 5-sigma (where sigma ~2.3 µJy/beam) threshold. This catalog can be used for statistical analyses, accompanied with the corrections given in the data & catalog release paper. All completeness and bias corrections and source counts presented in the paper were calculated using this sample. The total fraction of spurious sources in the COSMOS 2 sq.deg. field is below 2.7% within this catalog. However, an increase of spurious sources up to 24% at 5.0 < S/N < 5.5 is present (for details see Sec. 5.2., Fig. 17 and Table 3 of the reference paper). A subsample with a minimal spurious source fraction can be selected by requiring an additional cutoff S/N >= 5.5 for single component sources (MULTI=0). The total fraction of spurious sources in the COSMOS 2 sq.deg. field within such a selected sample is below 0.4%, and the fraction of spurious sources is below 3% even at the lowest S/N of 5.5.


VLACOSMJSC Catalog

In the context of the VLA-COSMOS Deep project, additional VLA A array observations at 1.4 GHz were obtained for the central degree of the COSMOS field and combined with the existing data from the VLA-COSMOS Large project. A newly constructed Deep mosaic with a resolution of 2.5 arcseconds was used to search for sources down to 4 sigma with 1 sigma ~ 12 microJy beam^-1 in the central 50' x 50'. This new catalog is combined with the catalog from the Large project (obtained at 1.5" x 1.4" resolution) to construct a new Joint catalog. All sources listed in the new Joint catalog have peak flux densities of >= 5 sigma at 1.5" and/or 2.5" resolution to account for the fact that a significant fraction of sources at these low flux levels are expected to be slightly resolved at 1.5" resolution. All properties listed in the Joint catalog, such as peak flux density, integrated flux density, and source size, are determined in the 2.5" resolution Deep image. In addition, the Joint catalog contains 43 newly identified multi-component sources.

VLACOSMOS Catalog

The international COSMOS (Cosmic Evolution) survey (Scoville et al. 2007, ApJS, 172, 1) is a panchromatic imaging and spectroscopic survey of a 1.4 degree by 1.4 degree field designed to probe galaxy and SMBH (supermassive black hole) evolution as a function of cosmic environment. One major aspect of the COSMOS survey is the Hubble Space Telescope (HST) Treasury Project (Scoville et al. 2007, ApJS, 172, 38), entailing the largest ever allocation of HST telescope time. The equatorial location of the COSMOS field offers the critical advantage of allowing major observatories from both hemispheres to join forces in this endeavor. State-of-the-art imaging data at all wavelengths (X-ray to centimeter, plus large optical spectroscopic campaigns using the VLT VIMOS and the Magellan IMACS instruments (Lilly et al. 2007; Impey et al. 2007; Trump et al. 2007) have been or are currently being obtained for the COSMOS field. These make the COSMOS field an excellent resource for observational cosmology and galaxy evolution in the important redshift range z ~ 0.5 - 3, a time span covering ~ 75% of the lifetime of the universe.

The VLA-COSMOS Large Project produced a catalog of 3643 radio sources found in the 2 square degrees COSMOS field at 1.4 GHz with a signal-to-noise threshold S/N >= 4.5. The observations in the VLA A and C configurations resulted in a resolution of 1.5" by 1.4" and a mean rms noise of ~ 10.5 microJy (uJy) beam^-1 in the central 1 deg^2, and of 15 uJy in the 2 deg^2 field. Eighty radio sources are clearly extended consisting of multiple components, and most of them appear to be double-lobed radio galaxies. The astrometry of the catalog has been thoroughly tested, and the uncertainty in the relative and absolute astrometry are 130 and < 55 mas, respectively.


VLACOSXOID Catalog

In the reference paper, the authors study the composition of the faint radio population selected from the VLA-COSMOS 3-GHz Large Project, a radio continuum survey performed at 10-cm wavelength. The survey covers a 2.6 square degree area with a mean rms of ~2.3 µJy/beam (µJy/beam), cataloguing 10,830 sources above 5 sigma, and enclosing the full 2 square degree COSMOS field. By combining these radio data with optical, near-infrared (UltraVISTA), and mid-infrared (Spitzer/IRAC) data, as well as X-ray data (Chandra), the authors find counterparts to radio sources for ~93% of the total radio sample in the unmasked areas of the COSMOS field, i.e., those not affected by saturated or bright sources in the optical to near-IR (NIR) bands, reaching out to z ~ 6. They further classify the sources as star-forming galaxies or AGN based on various criteria, such as X-ray luminosity, observed mid-infrare (MIR) color, UV-far-infrared (FIR) spectral-energy distribution (SED), rest-frame near-ultraviolet (NUV)-optical color corrected for dust extinction, and radio-excess relative to that expected from the the hosts' star-formation rate. The authors separate the AGN into sub-samples dominated by low-to-moderate and moderate-to-high radiative luminosity AGN, i.e., candidates for high-redshift analogs to local low- and high-excitation emission line AGN, respectively. They study the fractional contributions of these sub-populations down to radio flux levels of ~11 uJy at 3 GHz (or ~20 uJy at 1.4 GHz assuming a spectral index of -0.7), and find that the dominant fraction at 1.4 GHz flux densities above ~200 uJy is constituted of low-to-moderate radiative luminosity AGN MLAGN). Below densities of ~100 uJy the fraction of star-forming galaxies (SFG) increases to ~60%, followed by the moderate-to-high radiative luminosity AGN (HLAGN) with ~20%, and MLAGN with ~20%. Based on this observational evidence, the authors extrapolate the fractions down to sensitivities of the Square Kilometer Array (SKA). Their estimates suggest that at the faint flux limits to be reached by the (Wide, Deep, and UltraDeep) SKA1 surveys, a selection based only on radio flux limits can provide a simple tool to efficiently identify samples highly (>75%) dominated by star-forming galaxies.

This table contains the full list of 9,161 optical-MIR counterparts collected over the largest unmasked area accessible to each catalog, being 1.77, 1.73, and 2.35 square degrees for COSMOS2015, i-band, and IRAC catalogs, respectively. The catalog lists the counterpart IDs, properties, as well as the individual criteria used in this work to classify these radio sources. The authors note that complete, non-overlapping samples within a well defined, effective area of 1.77 square degrees (COSMOS2015 masked area flag_C15 = 0, can be formed by combining (i) HLAGN, MLAGN, and clean SFG samples, or, alternatively, (ii) the radio-excess and no-radio-excess samples.


VLAECDFS1P4 Catalog

Deep radio observations at 1.4 GHz for the Extended Chandra Deep Field South were performed in 2007 June through September and presented in a first data release (Miller et al. 2008, ApJS, 179, 114). The survey was made using six separate pointings of the Very Large Array with over 40 hr of observation per pointing. In the current study, the authors improve on the data reduction to produce a second data release (DR2) mosaic image. This DR2 image covers an area of about a third of a square degree, reaches a best rms sensitivity of 6 microJy (uJy), and has a typical sensitivity of 7.4 uJy per 2.8" by 1.6" beam. The authors also present a more comprehensive catalog, including sources down to peak flux densities of five or more times the local rms noise, along with information on source sizes and relevant pointing data. In their paper, they discuss in some detail the consideration of whether sources are resolved under the complication of a radio image created as a mosaic of separate pointings, each suffering some degree of bandwidth smearing, and the accurate evaluation of the flux densities of such sources. Finally, the radio morphologies and optical/near-IR counterpart identifications are used to identify 17 likely multiple-component sources so as to arrive at a catalog of 883 radio sources (and also 49 individual components of the 17 multi-component sources), which is roughly double the number of sources contained in the first data release.

In order to cover the full E-CDF-S area at near-uniform sensitivity, the authors pointed the VLA at six separate coordinate locations arranged in a hexagonal grid around the adopted center of the CDF-S, viz. RA, Dec (J2000) 03h 32m 28.00s, -27o 48' 30.0". The observations were spread over many days on account of the low declination of the field and typically amounted to 5 hr of time per calendar date. The details of the individual pointings are:

    Pointing ID    R.A. (J2000)   DE. (J2000)   rms sensitivity for final
                                                 image

    ECDFS    1     03:33:22.25    -27:48:30.0    10.5 uJy
    ECDFS    2     03:32:55.12    -27:38:03.0     9.4 uJy
    ECDFS    3     03:32:00.88    -27:38:03.0     9.7 uJy
    ECDFS    4     03:31:33.75    -27:48:30.0     9.5 uJy
    ECDFS    5     03:32:00.88    -27:58:57.0    10.0 uJy
    ECDFS    6     03:32:55.12    -27:58:57.0     9.3 uJy
The images corresponding to the six individual pointings were combined to form the final mosaic image (shown in Figure 1 of the reference paper).

This HEASARC table contains the catalog of 883 radio sources (Table 3 in the reference paper) and also the catalog of 49 individual components of the 17 multi-component sources (Table 4 in the reference paper), so that there are a total of 932 entries in the present table. To allow users to easily distinguish these types of entry, the HEASARC created a parameter type_flag which is set to 'S' for the 883 source entries and to 'C' for the 49 component entries. The HEASARC created names for the sources following the standard CDS and IAU recommendations for position-based names and using the prefix of '[MBF2013]' for Miller, Bonzini, Fomalont (2013), the first 3 authors and the date of publication of the reference paper. For the components, we have used the names based on the positions of the parent sources and the suffixes 'A', 'B', etc, in order of increasing J2000.0 RA. Thus, for the multi-component source [MBF2013] J033115.0-275518 which has 3 components, there are 4 entries in this table, one for the entire source, and one for each component, e.g.:

Name                        | type_flag   |    RA (J2000.0)    Dec (J2000.0)

[MBF2013] J033115.0-275518  |    S        |    03 31 15.04  |   -27 55 18.8
[MBF2013] J033115.0-275518 A|    C        |    03 31 13.99  |   -27 55 19.9
[MBF2013] J033115.0-275518 B|    C        |    03 31 15.06  |   -27 55 18.9
[MBF2013] J033115.0-275518 C|    C        |    03 31 17.05  |   -27 55 15.2
The 17 sources thought to consist of multiple components associated with a single host object are each listed with a single aggregate integrated flux density. Gaussian fits to the individual components associated with these sources are separately listed for their components

VLAECDFSCLS Catalog

The sub-mJy radio population is a mixture of active systems, that is star-forming galaxies (SFGs) and active galactic nuclei (AGNs). In their paper, the authors study a sample of 883 radio sources detected at 1.4 GHz in a deep Very Large Array (VLA) survey of the Extended Chandra Deep Field-South (E-CDF-S) that reaches a best rms sensitivity of 6 microJansky (uJy). The authors have used a simple scheme to disentangle SFGs, radio-quiet (RQ), and radio-loud (RL) AGNs based on the combination of radio data with Chandra X-ray data and mid-infrared observations from Spitzer. They find that at flux densities between about 30 and 100 uJy, the radio population is dominated by SFGs (~60%) and that RQ AGNs become increasingly important over RL ones below 100 uJy. In the paper, the authors also compare the host galaxy properties of the three classes in terms of morphology, optical colors and stellar masses. Their results show that both SFG and RQ AGN host galaxies have blue colors and late-type morphology while RL AGNs tend to be hosted by massive red galaxies with early-type morphology. This supports the hypothesis that radio emission in SFGs and RQ AGNs mainly comes from the same physical process: star formation in the host galaxy.

VLAECDFSOI Catalog

This table contains a sample of 883 sources detected in a deep Very Large Array (VLA) survey at 1.4 GHz in the Extended-Chandra Deep Field South (E-CDFS). The reference paper focuses on the identification of their optical and infrared (IR) counterparts. The authors use a likelihood-ratio technique that is particularly useful when dealing with deep optical images to minimize the number of spurious associations. They find a reliable counterpart for 95% of their radio sources. Most of the counterparts (74%) are detected at optical wavelengths, but there is a significant fraction (21%) that are only detectable in the IR. Combining newly acquired optical spectra with data from the literature, the authors are able to assign a redshift to 81% of the identified radio sources (37% spectroscopic). They also investigate the X-ray properties of the radio sources using the Chandra 4 Ms and 250 ks observations. In particular, the authors use a stacking technique to derive the average properties of radio objects undetected in the Chandra images. The results of their analysis are collected in this new catalog containing the position of the optical/IR counterpart, the redshift information, and the X-ray fluxes. It is the deepest multi-wavelength catalog of radio sources, which will be used for future study of this galaxy population.

The E-CDFS was observed at 1.4 GHz with the VLA between 2007 June and September (Miller et al. 2008, ApJS, 179, 114). The mosaic image covered an area of about 34 by 34 arcminutes with near-uniform sensitivity. The typical rms is 7.4 microJy for a 2.8 by 1.6 arcseconds beam. The second data release (N. Miller et al. 2012, in preparation) provides a new source catalog with a 5-sigma point-source detection limit, for a total of 883 sources. The median value of the distribution is 58.5 microJy and the median signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) is 7.6. The authors note that ~ 90% of the sample has a flux density below 1 mJy, a regime where radio-quiet AGNs and star-forming galaxies (SFGs) become the dominant populations


VLAEN20CM Catalog

The authors have used the Very Large Array (VLA) in C configuration to carry out a sensitive 20-cm radio survey of regions of the sky that have been surveyed in the far-infrared (FIR) over the wavelength range 5 -200 microns (um) with ISO (Infrared Space Observatory) as part of the European Large-Area ISO Survey (ELAIS). As usual in surveys based on a relatively small number of overlapping VLA pointings, the flux limit varies over the area surveyed: from a 5-sigma limit of 0.135 mJy over an area of 0.12 deg2 to 1.15 mJy or better over the whole region covered of 4.22 deg2. In their paper, the authors present the complete radio catalog of 867 sources, 428 of which form a complete sample in the flux range 0.2 - 1.0 mJy. These regions of the sky have previously been surveyed to shallower flux limits at 20 cm with the VLA as part of the VLA D-configuration NVSS (full width at half-maximum, FWHM = 45arcseconds) and VLA-B configuration FIRST (FWHM = 5 arcseconds) surveys. This whole survey has a nominal 5-sigma flux limit a factor of 2 below that of the NVSS; 3.4 deg2 of the survey reaches the nominal flux limit of the FIRST survey and 1.5 deg2 reaches 0.25 mJy, a factor of 4 below the nominal FIRST survey limit. In addition, this survey is at a resolution intermediate between the two surveys and thus is well suited for a comparison of the reliability and resolution-dependent surface brightness effects that affect interferometric radio surveys. The authors have carried out a detailed comparison of their survey and these two independent surveys in order to assess the reliability and completeness of each. Considering the whole sample, they found that to the 5-sigma nominal limits of 2.3 and 1.0 mJy, respectively, the NVSS and FIRST surveys have a completeness of 96+2-3 and 89+2-3 % and a reliability of 99+1-2 and 94+2-2 %.

The radio observations were obtained of three ISO ELAIS survey regions in the Northern celestial hemisphere (N1 1610+5430, N2 1636+4115 and N3 1429+3306) (see Table 1 of the reference paper for the details of the fields and the individual pointings). The observations are made with the Very Large Array (VLA) radio telescope at 1.4 GHz (20 cm) in the VLA C configuration (maximum baseline 3.4 km) with an angular resolution (FWHM) of ~15 arcseconds. The aim of these VLA observations was to obtain uniform coverage of the ELAIS regions with an rms noise limit of ~50 microJansky (uJy).

This table contains the 921 components of 867 total sources detected at a level of >= 5 sigma (44 of which are multiple component sources as defined in Section 4.3 of the reference paper) over a total area of 4.222 deg2. There are also entries describing the properties of the total sources for the 44 multi-component sources (for which the positions have been computed as the flux-weighted average positions of their components), and thus this catalog contains 965 (921 + 44) entries. To filter out the latter, component_id values != 'T' should be selected when searching this table.


VLAGBSOPH Catalog

This table contains results from large-scale (~2000 arcmin2), deep (~20 microJy), high-resolution (~1") radio observations of the Ophiuchus star-forming complex obtained with the Karl G. Jansky Very Large Array (JVLA) at wavelengths of 4 and 6 cm (frequencies of 7.5 and 4.5 GHz). In total, 189 sources were detected, 56 of them associated with known young stellar objects (YSOs), and 4 with known extragalactic objects; the other 129 remain unclassified, but most of them are most probably background quasars. The vast majority of the young stars detected at radio wavelengths have spectral types K or M, although four objects of A/F/B types and two brown dwarf candidates are also detected. At least half of these young stars are non-thermal (gyrosynchrotron) sources, with active coronae characterized by high levels of variability, negative spectral indices, and (in some cases) significant circular polarization. As expected, there is a clear tendency for the fraction of non-thermal sources to increase from the younger (Class 0/I or flat spectrum) to the more evolved (Class III or weak-line T Tauri) stars. The young stars detected both in X-rays and at radio wavelengths broadly follow a Gudel-Benz relation, but with a different normalization than the most radio-active types of stars. Finally, the authors detected a ~70 mJy compact extragalactic source near the center of the Ophiuchus core, which should be used as gain calibrator for any future radio observations of this region.

The observations were obtained with the JVLA of the National Radio Astronomy Observatory (NRAO). Two frequency sub-bands, each 1-GHz wide, and centered at 4.5 and 7.5 GHz, respectively, were recorded simultaneously. The observations were obtained on three different epochs (2011 February 17/19, April 3/4, and May 4/6) typically separated from one another by a month. The angular resolution of the observations is of the order of 1 arcsecond.

To identify sources in their observations, the authors used the images corresponding to the concatenation of the three epochs, which provided the highest sensitivity. The criteria used to consider a detection as firm were: (1) sources with reported counterparts and a flux larger than four times the rms noise of the area, or (2) sources with a flux larger than five times the rms noise of the area and without reported counterparts.

The authors searched the literature for previous radio detections, and for counterparts at X-ray, optical, near-infrared, and mid-infrared wavelengths. The search was done in SIMBAD, and accessed all the major catalogs (listed explicitly in the footnote of Table 3 in the reference paper). Note that the Spitzer c2d catalog includes cross-references to other major catalogs which were taken into account in their counterpart search. The authors considered a radio source associated with a counterpart at another wavelengths if the separation between the two was below the combined uncertainties of the two data sets. This was about 1.5 arcseconds for the optical and infrared catalogs, but could be significantly larger for some of the radio catalogs (for instance, the NVSS has a positional uncertainty of about 5 arcseconds). The authors found that only 76 of the sources detected here had previously been reported at radio wavelengths (matches are listed in the radio_name parameter in such cases), while the other 113 are new radio detections. On the other hand, they found a total of 100 counterparts at other wavelengths. Note that there are a significant number of sources that were previously known at radio wavelengths and have known counterparts at other frequencies. As a consequence, the number of sources that were previously known (at any frequency) is 134, while 55 of the sources in this sample are reported here for the first time. The authors argue that most of these 55 objects are likely background sources. They note, however, that 18 of the 129 unclassified objects (55 identified here for the first time and 74 previously known at radio wavelengths) are compact, have a positive spectral index, or exhibit high variability. Since these latter two properties are not expected of quasars (which are certainly variable, but usually not strongly on such short timescale), but would be natural characteristics of young stars, the authors argue that a small population of YSOs might be present among the unclassified sources. This population could account for, at most, 15% of the unclassified sources, and possibly significantly less.


VLAGBSORI Catalog

This table contains results from a high-sensitivity (60 microJy), large-scale (2.26 deg2) survey obtained with the Karl G. Jansky Very Large Array (JVLA) as part of the Gould's Belt Survey (GBS) program. The authors detected 374 and 354 sources at 4.5 and 7.5 GHz, respectively. Of these, 148 are associated with previously known young stellar objects (YSOs). Another 86 sources previously unclassified at either optical or infrared wavelengths exhibit radio properties that are consistent with those of young stars. The overall properties of these sources at radio wavelengths such as their variability and radio to X-ray luminosity relation are consistent with previous results from the GBS. These detections provide target lists for follow-up Very Long Baseline Array radio observations to determine their distances, as YSOs are located in regions of high nebulosity and extinction, making it difficult to measure their optical parallaxes.

The observations were obtained with the JVLA of the National Radio Astronomy Observatory (NRAO) in its A configuration. The observations of the 210 fields in the Orion Molecular Clouds A and B were obtained in three different epochs (2011 June 25 to July 4, July 23 to 30, and August 25 to 29, as described in Table 1 of the reference paper) typically separated from one another by a month. The 210 individual fields have been split into 7 maps, with 30 fields being observed per map, as follows: 12 in the lambda Ori region, 3 in L1622, 27 are shared between NGC 2068 and NGC 2071, 14 are shared between NGC 2023 and NGC 2024, 11 in the sigma Ori region, 109 in the Orion Nebula Cluster (ONC), 16 in L1641-N, 8 in L1641-C, and 10 in L1641-S (see Figures 1 to 7 in the reference paper). Two frequency sub-bands, each 1-GHz wide, and centered at 4.5 and 7.5 GHz, respectively, were recorded simultaneously. The authors achieved a nearly uniform rms noise of 60 microJy beam-1 at both frequencies in all the regions. The only exception to this is in the Trapezium region due to nebular emission; there the noise was 200 microJy beam-1 after excluding baselines smaller than 150 kilo-lambda during imaging to remove extended emission.

Sources were identified through a visual inspection of the individual fields at 4.5 GHz during the cleaning and imaging process since an automated source identification was deemed to be not sufficiently advanced and produced results that were too unreliable. In particularly clustered regions such as the Trapezium and NGC 2024, in addition to standard imaging, data from all three epochs were combined into a single image for source identification purposes only to improve statistical significance of each detection. The authors detected a combined total of 374 sources among the three epochs for all of the regions. All sources but one had fluxes greater than five times the rms noise in at least one epoch. The remaining source, 'GBS-VLA J053518.67-052033.1', was detected at two epochs with maximum detection probability of 4.9 sigma in a single epoch data. It is found in the Trapezium region, and has known counterparts in other wavelength regimes.

The authors cross-referenced their catalog of sources with previous major radio, infrared, optical and X-ray surveys of the regions published in the literature. They have generally considered sources in these surveys to be counterparts if they had positional coincidences less than 1 arcsecond, but have allowed for larger offsets if the combined uncertainty between the databases was large. Of 374 detected sources, 261 have been previously found at another wavelength region, while 113 are new detections. 146 sources have been detected in X-rays, 94 at optical wavelengths, 218 at infrared, and 63 in previous radio surveys. Of the previously identified sources, 1 is extragalactic, while the other 148 as young stellar objects (YSOs). Of the YSOs, 106 have been placed on the standard class system based on the IRAC color-color classification of Allen et al. (2004, ApJS, 154, 363). There are 11 Class 0/I, 26 Class II, and 70 Class III type stars. A total of 225 sources are either new detections or, to the authors' knowledge, have not been previously classified in the literature. Of these remaining objects, they have identified 86 as exhibiting variability or high levels of circular polarization. While the authors cannot exclude the possibility that any of them are extragalactic in nature, quasars are not expected to vary as strongly on timescales of few weeks to few months, and exhibit very weak circular polarization, so these sources (listed in Table 5 of the reference paper) are likely YSO candidates. Using the same criteria of variability and circular polarization would identify only 107 of the 148 previously-known YSOs; thus we cannot tell which of the remaining 139 unidentified sources are YSOs or extragalactic objects.


VLAGBSPER Catalog

This table contains a source catalog from multi-epoch, large-scale (~2,000 arcmin2), fairly deep (~16 microJansky or uJy), high-resolution (~1") radio observations of the Perseus star-forming complex that were obtained with the Karl G. Jansky Very Large Array (VLA) at frequencies of 4.5 and 7.5 GHz. These observations were mainly focused on the clouds NGC 1333 and IC 348, although the authors also observed several fields in other parts of the Perseus complex. They detect a total of 206 sources, 42 of which are associated with young stellar objects (YSOs). The radio properties of about 60% of the YSOs are compatible with a non-thermal radio emission origin. Based on their sample, the authors find a fairly clear relation between the prevalence of non-thermal radio emission and the evolutionary status of the YSOs. By comparing their results with previously reported X-ray observations, they show that YSOs in Perseus follow a Gudel-Benz relation with a value of the kappa parameter (LX/Lrad = kappa x 10(15.5 +/- 1) [Hz]) of 0.03, consistent with other regions of star formation. The authors argue that most of the sources detected in their observations that are not associated with known YSOs are extragalactic, but provide a list in the reference paper Of 20 unidentified radio sources whose radio properties are consistent with them being YSO candidates. Finally, they also detect five sources with extended emission features that can clearly be associated with radio galaxies.

The observations were collected with the VLA of the National Radio Astronomy Observatory in B and BnA configurations. Two frequency sub-bands, each 1 GHz wide and centered at 4.5 and 7.5 GHz, respectively, were recorded simultaneously. The observations were obtained in three observing sessions, on 2011 March 06/13, April 14/25, and May 01/02/10/19/22, typically separated from one another by a month. This dual-frequency, multi-epoch strategy was chosen to enable the characterization of the spectral index and variability of the detected sources, as well as to help with the identification of the emission mechanisms.

The locations of the VLA observations are shown in Figure 1 of the reference paper. Other details of the observations are given in Table 1 of the reference paper. The approximate positions of the two main fields observed are:

     RA   (ICRS)    DE        Designation(s)
03 28 55 +31 22.2 Ced 16 = NGC 1333 03 44 34 +32 09.8 NAME omi Per Cloud = IC 348
This HEASARC table contains the contents of Table 2 (74 radio sources
detected in NGC 1333), Table 3 (91 radio sources detected in IC 348) and
Table 4 (41 radio sources detected in single fields in Perseus) from the
reference paper, totaling 206 radio sources.


VLAGBSSER Catalog

This table contains results from a deep (~17 µJy) radio continuum observations of the Serpens molecular cloud, the Serpens south cluster, and the W40 region that were obtained using the Jansky Very Large Array (JVLA) in its A configuration. The authors detected a total of 146 sources, 29 of which are young stellar objects (YSOs), 2 of which are BV stars, and 5 more of which are associated with phenomena related to YSOs. Based on their radio variability and spectral index, the authors propose that about 16 of the remaining 110 unclassified sources are also YSOs. For approximately 65% of the known YSOs detected here as radio sources, the emission is most likely non-thermal and related to stellar coronal activity. As also recently observed in Ophiuchus, this sample of YSOs with X-ray counterparts lies below the fiducial Guedel & Benz (1993, ApJ, 405, L63) relation. In the reference paper, the authors analyze the proper motions of nine sources in the W40 region, thus allowing them to better constrain the membership of the radio sources in the region.

The Serpens molecular cloud and the Serpens South cluster were observed in the same observing sessions on three different epochs (2011 June 17, July 19, and September 12 UT), using 25 and 4 pointings, respectively, with the JVLA at 4.5 and 4.5GHz. The W40 region, on the other hand, was only observed on two epochs (2011 June 17 and July 16), using 13 pointings. The details of the observations are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper.

The authors adopted the same criteria as Dzib et al. (2013, ApJ, 775, 63) to consider a detection as firm. For new sources, i.e., those without reported counterparts in the literature, they considered 5-sigma detections, where sigma is the rms noise of the area around the source. For known sources with counterparts in the literature, on the other hand, they included 4-sigma detections. According to these criteria, they detected 94 sources in the Serpens molecular cloud, 41 in the W40 region, and 8 in the Serpens South cluster, for a total of 143 detections. Out of the 143 sources, 69 are new detections (see Section 3.2 of the reference paper).

GBS-VLA source positions were compared with source positions from X-ray, optical, near-IR, mid-IR, and radio catalogs. GBS-VLA sources were considered to have a counterpart at another wavelength when the positional coincidences were better than the combined uncertainties of the two data sets. These were about 1 arcsecond for the IR catalogs. For the X-ray and radio catalogs it depended on the instrument and its configuration. The search was done in SIMBAD and included all the major catalogs. The authors also accessed the lists with all YSOs in the c2d-GB clouds compiled by Dunham et al.(2013, AJ, 145, 94) and L.E. Allen et al. (2015, in preparation). In total, 354 c2d-GB sources lie inside the regions observed by the present survey. In order to find their radio counterparts, the authors imaged regions of 64 pixels in each dimension, centered in the c2d-GB positions, and combining accordingly with each region, the three or two epochs. For this search, they only used the field whose phase center was closest to the source. Three additional radio sources were found in Serpens South in this pursuit, increasing the number of the radio detections to 146.


VLAGBSTAU Catalog

This table contains results from a multi-epoch radio study of the Taurus-Auriga complex made with the Karl G. Jansky Very Large Array (JVLA) at frequencies of 4.5 GHz and 7.5 GHz. A total of 610 sources were detected, 59 of which are related to young stellar objects (YSOs) and 18 to field stars. The properties of 56% of the young stars are compatible with non-thermal radio emission. The authors also show that the radio emission of more evolved YSOs tends to be more non-thermal in origin and, in general, that their radio properties are compatible with those found in other star-forming regions. By comparing their results with previously reported X-ray observations, the authors noticed that YSOs in Taurus-Auriga follow a Guedel-Benz relation with a scaling factor, kappa, of 0.03, as they previously suggested for other regions of star formation. In general, YSOs in Taurus-Auriga and in all the previous studied regions seem to follow this relation with a dispersion of ~1 dex. Finally, the authors propose that most of the remaining sources are related with extragalactic objects but provide a list of 46 unidentified radio sources whose radio properties are compatible with a YSO nature (identified in this implementation of their catalog by values for the parameter radio_yso_flag of 'Y').

The observations were obtained with the JVLA of the National Radio Astronomy Observatory (NRAO) in its B and BnA configuration. Two frequency sub-bands, each 1 GHz wide, and centered at 4.5 and 7.5 GHz, respectively, were recorded simultaneously. The observations were obtained in three different time periods (February 25/26/28 to March 6, April 12/17/20/25, and April 30 to May 1/5/14/22, all in 2011) typically separated from one another by a month: see Table 1 of the reference paper for more details. For their study, the authors observed 127 different target fields distributed across the cloud complex (Figure 1 of the reference paper). The fields were chosen to cover previously known YSOs. In 33 of those fields, the authors could observe more than one YSO target, while in the remaining 94 fields, only one YSO was targeted. In most cases, the infrared evolutionary class (i.e., Classes I, II, or III) or T Tauri evolutionary status (classical or weak line) of the targeted sources was known from the literature.

The final images covered circular areas of 8.8 and 14.3 arcminutes in diameter, for the 7.5 and 4.5 GHz sub-bands, respectively, and were corrected for the effects of the position-dependent primary beam response. The noise levels reached for each individual observation was about ~40 microJy and ~30 microJy, at 4.5 GHz and7.5 GHz, respectively. The visibilities of the three, or two, observations obtained for each field were concatenated to produce a new image with a lower noise level (of about ~25 microJy at 4.5 GHz and ~18 microJy at 7.5 GHz). The angular resolution of ~1 arcsecond (see the synthesized beam sizes in Table 1 of the reference paper) allows an uncertainty in position of ~0.1 arcseconds or better.

In the observed area, there are a total of 196 known YSOs.The first step was the identification of radio sources in the observed fields. The authors follow the procedure and criteria presented by Dzib et al. (2013, ApJ, 775, 63) who consider a detection as firm if the sources have a flux larger than 4 times the noise level and there is a counterpart known at another wavelength, else they require a flux which is 5 times the noise level. The identification was done using the images corresponding to the concatenation of the observed epochs, which provides the highest sensitivity. From this, a total of 609 sources were detected. Of these sources, 215 were only detected in the 4.5 GHz sub-band, while six were only detected in the 7.5 GHz sub-band. The remaining 388 sources were detected in both sub-bands.

The authors searched the literature for previous radio detections, and for counterparts at X-ray, optical, near-infrared, and mid-infrared wavelengths. The search was done using SIMBAD, and accessed all the major catalogs. They considered a radio source to be associated with a counterpart at another wavelength if the separation between the two was below the combined uncertainties of the two data sets. This was about 1.0 arcsecond for the optical and infrared catalogs, but could be significantly larger for some of the radio catalogs (for instance, the NVSS has a positional uncertainty of about 5 arcseconds). They found that only 120 of the sources detected here had previously been reported at radio wavelengths, while the other 491 are new radio detections. On the other hand, the authors found a total of 270 counterparts at other wavelengths. In the literature, 18 are classified as field stars, 49 as extragalactic, 1 is classified as either a star or an extragalactic source in different surveys, 49 are classified as YSOs, 11 are classified as either YSO and extragalactic, and the remaining 143 sources are unclassified. Note that 56 sources were previously known at radio wavelengths but do not have known counterparts at other frequencies. As a consequence, the number of sources that were previously known (at any frequency) is 327, while 284 of the sources in this sample are reported here for the first time.


VLAGOODSN Catalog

This table contains results from deep, new, wide-field radio continuum observations of the Great Observatories Origins Deep Survey-North (GOODS-North) field. (The GOODS-North field covers ~160 arcmin2 centered on the Hubble Deep Field North (Williams et al. 1996, AJ, 112, 1335) and is unrivaled in terms of its ancillary data sets, which include extremely deep Chandra, Hubble Space Telescope (HST), and Spitzer observations, deep UBVRIJHK ground-based imaging and ~3500 spectroscopic redshifts from 8 to 10 m telescopes). The resulting 1.4-GHz map has a synthesized beam size of ~1.7" and an rms noise level of ~3.9 microJansky per beam (µJy/beam) near its center and ~8 µJy/beam at 15 arcminutes from phase center. The authors have cataloged 1230 discrete radio emitters, within a 40' x 40' region, above a 5-sigma detection threshold of ~20 uJy at the field center. New techniques, pioneered by Owen & Morrison (2008, AJ, 136, 1889), have enabled the authors to achieve a dynamic range of 6800:1 in a field that has significantly strong confusing sources. The authors compare the 1.4-GHz (20-cm) source counts with those from other published radio surveys. Their differential counts are nearly Euclidean below 100 uJy with a median source diameter of ~1.2". This adds to the evidence presented by Owen & Morrison that the natural confusion limit may lie near 1 uJy. If the Euclidean slope of the counts continues down to the natural confusion limit as an extrapolation of their log N-log S, this indicates that the cutoff must be fairly sharp below 1 uJy, else the cosmic microwave background temperature would increase above 2.7K at 1.4GHz.

A useful combined total of 165 hours of NRAOS's Very Large Array (VLA) A-configuration 1.4-GHz observations were obtained between 2005 February and 2006 February, all done at night so as to avoid solar interference, for a region centered at RA and Dec of 12:36:49.4, +62:12:58 (J2000). (See Table 1 of the reference paper for the VLA observing log)


VLAHDF20CM Catalog

The authors have conducted a deep radio survey with the Very Large Array (VLA) at 1.4 GHz of a region containing the Hubble Deep Field (HDF). This survey overlaps previous observations at 8.5 GHz allowing them to investigate the radio spectral properties of microJansky sources to flux densities greater than 40 microJy (uJy) at 1.4 GHz and greater than 8 uJy at 8.5 GHz. A total of 371 sources have been catalogued at 1.4 GHz as part of a complete sample within 20 arcminutes of the HDF. The differential source count for this region is only marginally sub-Euclidean and is given by n(S) = (8.3 +/- 0.4) S^(-2.4 +/- 0.1) sr-1 Jy-1. Above about 100 uJy the radio source count is systematically lower in the HDF as compared to other fields. The authors conclude that there is clustering in this radio sample on size scales of 1 to 40 arcminutes. The 1.4 GHz-selected sample shows that the radio spectral indices are preferentially steep (mean spectral index of 0.85) and that the sources are moderately extended with average angular size Theta = 1.8". Optical identification with disk-type systems at z ~ 0.1 - 1 suggests that synchrotron emission, produced by supernovae remnants, is powering the radio emission in the majority of sources.

In 1996 November, the authors observed a field centered on the Hubble Deep Field (RA, Dec (J2000.0) = (12h 36m 49.4s, 62o 12' 58.00") for a total of 50 hours at 20 cm in the A configuration of the VLA. They reached an rms noise level near the center of the field of 7.5 uJy. They adopted 40 uJy as the formal completeness limit over the entire 1 degree field in their untapered naturally weighted 2 arcseconds image. The authors identified 314 sources within 20 arcminutes of the field center (20% power contour). They found 57 additional sources within this same region (presumably resolved at 2" resolution) in lower resolution (3.5 and 6") tapered images above completeness levels of 50 uJy at 3.5" resolution and 75 uJy at 6" resolution, making a grand total of 371 radio sources detected at 1.4 GHz within 20 arcminutes of the phase center of the field.


VLALH1400M Catalog

In the run-up to routine observations with the upcoming generation of radio facilities, the nature of the sub-mJy radio population has been hotly debated. In this paper, the authors describe multi-frequency data designed to probe the emission mechanism that dominates in these faint radio sources. Their analysis is based on observations of the Lockman Hole (LH) using the Giant Metrewave Radio Telescope (GMRT) near Pune, India - the deepest 610-MHz imaging yet reported - together with 1.4-GHz imaging from the Very Large Array (VLA), which are well matched in resolution and sensitivity to the GMRT data: sigma610MHz ~ 15 microJy/beam (uJy/beam), sigma}1.4GHz ~ 6 uJy/beam, and full width at half-maximum (FWHM) ~ 5 arcseconds. The GMRT and VLA data are cross-matched to obtain the radio spectral indices for the faint radio emitters.

During six 12-hr sessions in 2006 February and July, the authors obtained data at 610 MHz for three pointings (FWHM ~ 43 arcminutes) in the LH (see Table 1 of the reference paper for full details), separated by 11 arcminutes (the LOCKMAN-E, LOCK-3 and LHEX-4 fields), typically with 28 of the 30 antennas that comprise the GMRT. The total integration time in each field, after overheads, was 16 hr. The final image had a noise level in the central 100 arcmin2 of 14.7 uJy/beam, the deepest map reported at 610 MHz as of the date of publication, despite the modest integration time. New and archival data were obtained at the same three positions using the National Radio Astronomy Observatory's VLA, largely in its B configuration.

This table contains 1450 sources found in the LH field at 1400 MHz by the VLA. For 17 of the sources which have multiple components, the 29 individual components are listed as well. Thus, the final table contains 1479 (1450 + 29) entries. Source extraction was based on criteria of peak brightness > 5 times the local rms and integrated flux density > 3 times the local rms.


VLALHN3GHZ Catalog

This table is from the second of two papers describing the observations and source catalogs derived from sensitive 3-GHz images of the Lockman Hole North using the Karl G. Jansky Very Large Array (VLA). In their paper, the authors describe the reduction and cataloguing process, which yielded an image with 8-arcsecond resolution and instrumental noise of sigman = 1.01 µJy/beam (µJy/beam) rms (before primary beam corrections) and a catalog of 558 sources detected above 5 * sigman. The authors also include details of how they estimate source spectral indices across the 2-GHz VLA bandwidth, finding a median index of -0.76 +/- 0.04. Stacking of source spectra reveals a flattening of spectral index with decreasing flux density. In the reference paper, the authors present a source count derived from the catalog. They show a traditional count estimate compared with a completely independent estimate made via a P(D) confusion analysis, and find very good agreement. Cross-matches of the catalog with X-ray, optical, infrared, radio, and redshift catalogs are also presented. The X-ray, optical and infrared data, as well as AGN selection criteria allow them to classify 10% as radio-loud AGN, 28% as radio-quiet AGN, and 58% as star-forming galaxies, with only 4% unclassified.

Observations were made with the VLA in the C configuration at S band, with a frequency range of 2 to 4GHz, with a total of roughly 50 hours of on-source time in 2012.

The HEASARC has converted the radio and IR flux density units from those given in the original table (µJy and µJy/beam) to its standard units for radio flux densities (mJy and mJy/beam).


VLAM311P4G Catalog

This table contains the Data Release 2 of the Point Source Catalog created from a series of previously constructed radio-continuum images of M 31 at a wavelength lambda of 20 cm (frequency nu = 1.4 GHz) from archived VLA observations. In total, the authors identify a collection of 916 unique discrete radio sources across the field of M 31. Comparing these detected sources with those listed by Gelfand et al. (2004, ApJS, 155, 89, HEASARC table VLAM31325M) at lambda = 92 cm (325 MHz), the spectral index of 98 sources has been derived. The majority (73%) of these sources exhibit a spectral index of alpha < -0.6, indicating that their emission is predominantly non-thermal in nature, which is typical for background objects and Supernova Remnants (SNRs).

This table contains the integrated flux densities for 1,131 detections of 916 unique sources detected at 1.4 GHz in 28 VLA observations. Of these 916 unique sources, 109 were detected in at least two separate images. For such sources, the authors list a group identifier, a group count, and an average flux and error. Sources were cross referenced with the Gelfand et al. (2004) catalog of sources detected at 92 cm. For matched sources, the flux density at this wavelength and the derived spectral index between 20 and 92 cm are listed.


VLAM31325M Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a 325-MHz radio survey of M 31, conducted with the A configuration of the Very Large Array. The survey covered an area of 7.6 square degrees, and a total of 405 radio sources between <~ 6" and 170" in extent were mapped with a resolution of 6" and a 1-sigma sensitivity of ~ 0.6mJy/beam. For each source, its morphological class, major axis thetaM, minor axis thetam, position angle thetaPA, peak flux I, integrated flux density S, spectral index alpha, and spectral curvature parameter {phi were calculated. A comparison of the flux and radial distribution - both in the plane of the sky and in the plane of M 31 - of these sources with those of the XMM-Newton Large-Scale Structure Survey and the Westerbork Northern Sky Survey revealed that a vast majority of sources detected are background radio galaxies. As a result of this analysis, the authors expect that only a few sources are intrinsic to M 31.

This study is based on a 5 hr (4 hr on-source) observation of M 31 conducted on 2000 December 15 with the VLA in A configuration. The procedures used to generate the source list and the source properties (essentially making use of the MIRIAD task SFIND) are discussed in Sections 2.2.2 and 2.3 of the reference paper, respectively.


VLANEP Catalog

The VLANEP database contains the VLA-NEP survey of 29.3 square degrees around the North Ecliptic Pole mapped with the VLA at 20 cm (1.5 GHz) in the `C-configuration`. The database table contains 2435 radio sources with flux densities ranging from 0.3 to 1000 mJy, including over 200 fainter than 1 mJy. Source positions have been corrected for instrumental effects, and most positions are accurate to less than 2 arcseconds. The sensitivity varies from field to field, with the 1 sigma level being approximately 0.06 mJy at the center of the inner fields and 0.12 mJy at the center of the outer fields. Sensitivity drops with distance from the center of each field due to the primary beam response of the VLA antennas and interferometer effects. Source flux densities have been corrected for these effects. The spatial resolution varies from field to field, with the typical HPBW being 20 arcseconds. Source positions have been corrected for instrumental effects, and most positions are accurate to less than 2 arcseconds. Approximately 6% of the sources were found to be extended with angular sizes greater than 30 arcseconds.

VLAONCCAT Catalog

This table contains a deep centimeter-wavelength catalog of the Orion Nebula Cluster (ONC), based on a 30-hr single-pointing observation with the Karl G. Jansky Very Large Array (JVLA) in its high-resolution A configuration using two 1-GHz bands centered on 4.7 and 7.3 GHz. A total of 556 compact sources were detected in a map with a nominal rms noise of 3 µJy/beam, limited by complex source structure and the primary beam response. Compared to previous catalogs, these detections increase the sample of known compact radio sources in the ONC by more than a factor of seven. The new data show complex emission on a wide range of spatial scales. Following a preliminary correction for the wideband primary-beam response, the authors determine radio spectral indices for 170 sources whose index uncertainties are less than +/-0.5. They compare the radio to the X-ray and near-infrared point-source populations, noting similarities and differences.

The observations were carried out with the JVLA of the National Radio Astronomy Observatory on 2012 September 30 and October 2-5 under the auspices of the project code SD630. Data were taken using the VLA's C-band (4-8 GHz) receivers in full polarization mode, with two 1-GHz basebands centered at 4.736 and 7.336 GHz to provide a good baseline for source spectral index determination. Apart from the first epoch, the field was simultaneously observed with the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. Mostly of interest for variability information, these data will be presented as part of a follow-up paper.


VLASDF20CM Catalog

This table contains some of the results from deep radio observations taken with the Very Large Array at a center frequency of 1400 MHz covering a region of the Spitzer Wide-area InfraRed Extragalactic (SWIRE) Survey of the Spitzer Legacy survey, centered at RA and Dec of 10:46:00, +59:01:00 (J2000). The reduction and cataloging of radio sources are described in the reference paper. This table comprises the catalog of the sources detected above 5 sigma. The survey presented is the deepest so far in terms of the radio source density on the sky. Perhaps surprisingly, the sources down to the bottom of the catalog appear to have median angular sizes which are still greater than 1 arcsecond, like their cousins 10-100 times stronger. The shape of the differential log N-log S counts also seems to require a correction for the finite sizes of the sources in order to be self-consistent. If the log N-log S normalization remains constant at the lowest flux densities, there are about six sources per square arcminute at 15 microJy (uJy) at 20 cm. Given the finite-source size this implies that we may reach the natural confusion limit near 1 uJy.

The observations were made with the VLA in A, B, C, and D configurations for a total of almost 140 hr on-source between 2001 December and 2004 January. Since the total time is dominated by the A congiguration, the final image for analysis has a resolution of ~1.6 arcseconds.


VLASDF90CM Catalog

This table contains some of the results from the deepest radio continuum surveys to date at a radio wavelength of >~ 1m. The observations were taken with the VLA at 324.5 MHz covering a region of the SWIRE Spitzer Legacy survey, centered at RA and Dec of 10:46:00, +59:01:00 (J2000). The data reduction and analysis are described in the reference paper and a catalog of the sources detected above 5 sigma is presented herein. The authors also discuss the observed angular size distribution for the sample in their paper, and, using their deeper 20-cm survey of the same field (Owen and Morrison 2008, AJ, 136, 1889), they calculate spectral indices for sources detected in both surveys. They report log N-log S counts at 90 cm which show a flattening below 5 mJy. Given the median redshift of the population, z ~ 1, the spectral flattening and the flattening of the log N-log S counts occur at radio luminosities normally associated with AGN rather than with galaxies dominated by star formation.

Observations were made of a single pointing center position (given above), with the VLA in A and C configurations for a total of almost 85 hours on-source between 2006 February and 2007 January. However, due to the ongoing EVLA upgrade, only 22 working antennae were typically avaliable in A and 18 in C. Thus, the total integration time was equivalent to ~ 63 hours in A and even less in C, with correspondingly less u-v coverage.


VLASS821P4 Catalog

This table contains results from a high-resolution radio survey of the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS) Southern Equatorial Stripe, also known as Stripe 82. This 1.4-GHz survey was conducted with the Very Large Array (VLA) primarily in the A configuration, with supplemental B configuration data to increase sensitivity to extended structure. The survey has an angular resolution of 1.8 arcseconds and achieves a median rms noise of 52 microJy/beam (uJy/beam) over 92 deg2. This is the deepest 1.4-GHz survey to achieve this large of an area, filling a gap in the phase space between small, deep and large, shallow surveys. It also serves as a pilot project for a larger high-resolution survey with the Expanded Very Large Array (EVLA). The authors discuss the technical design of the survey and details of the observations, and outline their method for data reduction, in the reference paper. They present a catalog of 17,969 isolated radio components, for an overall source density of ~195 sources deg-2. The astrometric accuracy of the data is excellent, with an internal check utilizing multiply observed sources yielding an rms scatter of 0.19 arcseconds in both Right Ascension and Declination. A comparison to the SDSS DR7 Quasar Catalog further confirms that the astrometry is well-tied to the optical reference frame, with mean offsets of 0.02" +/- 0.01" in Right Ascension, and 0.01" +/- 0.02" in Declination. A check of their photometry reveals a small, negative CLEAN-like bias on the level of 35 uJy. The authors report on the catalog completeness, finding that 97% of FIRST-detected quasars are recovered in the new Stripe 82 radio catalog, while faint, extended sources are more likely to be resolved out by the resolution bias. In their paper, they conclude with a discussion of the optical counterparts to the catalog sources, including 76 newly detected radio quasars. The full catalog as well as a search page and cutout server are available online at http://third.ucllnl.org/cgi-bin/stripe82cutout.

The SDSS Stripe 82 observations were made with the National Radio Astronomy Observatory's (NRAO's) VLA. The data were collected over two VLA cycles, 2007-2008 and 2008-2009. The majority of the observations were taken in the A configuration, but the authors also obtained B-configuration coverage of the area in order to improve the sampling of the Fourier (U-V) plane and to increase sensitivity to the extended structure. Area 1 (delineated in black in Figure 1(a) of the paper) was covered in the A and B configurations in 2007-2008, and Area 2 (delineated in purple in Figure 1(a) of the paper) in the A and B configurations in 2008-2009. Area 1 is made up of 275 pointings, and Area 2 has 374, coming to 649 fields, and 92 deg2 covered in total.


VLASXDF1P4 Catalog

This table contains results from the deep radio imaging at 1.4 GHz of the 1.3-deg2 Subaru/XMM-Newton Deep Field (SXDF), made with the Very Large Array (VLA) in B and C configurations. This resulted in a radio map of the entire field, and a catalog of 505 sources covering 0.8 deg2 to a peak flux density limit of 100 microJansky (uJy), which corresponds to signal-to-noise (S/N) ratios of between 5 and 8. Robust optical identifications are provided for 90 per cent of the sources, and suggested identifications are presented for all but 14 (of which seven are optically blank, and seven are close to bright contaminating objects). The authors show that the optical properties of the radio sources do not change with flux density, suggesting that active galactic nuclei (AGN) continue to contribute significantly at faint flux densities. they test this assertion by cross-correlating their radio catalog with the X-ray source catalog and conclude that radio-quiet AGN become a significant population at flux densities below 300 uJy, and may dominate the population responsible for the flattening of the radio source counts if a significant fraction of them are Compton-thick.

The SXDF was observed with NRAO's VLA in B-array using the 14 overlapping pointings arranged an an hexagonal pattern that are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper. Three test observations of pointings 1, 4 and 6 were taken on 2001 May 17, and the rest of the data were obtained in 13 runs, each lasting 4.5 hours, between 2002 August 10 and September 9. All 14 pointings were re-observed in C-array on 2003 January 15 to provide additional information on larger angular scales.

This table contains the catalog of 505 detected radio sources and their proposed optical counterparts (the latter taken mostly from the ultra-deep BRi'z' Suprime-Cam images of the SXDF). As mentioned above, 14 of these 505 radio sources have no suggested identifications. Additionally, 7 of the radio sources (source numbers 16, 114, 129, 263, 360, 361 and 488) have 2 listed optical identifications: in such cases, there are 2 entries for each source listed detailing the alternative optical counterparts, and with identical sets of radio parameters. Thus, there are 512 = 505 + 7 entries in this table.


VLASXDFOID Catalog

In Simpson et al. (2006, MNRAS, 372, 741, hereafter Paper I, available at the HEASARC as the VLASXDF1P4 table, the authors presented a catalog of 505 sources with 1.4-GHz peak radio flux densities greater than 100 uJy over a 0.81 deg2 region of the Subaru/XMM-Newton Deep Field (SXDF) and some of the properties of their optical counterparts. In this study (Simpson et al. 2012, MNRAS, 421, 3060, Paper III in the series) the authors present spectroscopic and 11-band photometric redshifts for galaxies in the 100-uJy Subaru/XMM-Newton Deep Field radio source sample. The authors find good agreement between their redshift distribution and that predicted by the Square Kilometre Array (SKA) Simulated Skies project. They find no correlation between K-band magnitude and radio flux, but show that sources with 1.4-GHz flux densities below ~ 1 mJy are fainter in the near-infrared than brighter radio sources at the same redshift, and they discuss in their paper the implications of this result for spectroscopically incomplete samples where the K-z relation has been used to estimate redshifts. The authors use the infrared-radio correlation to separate their sample into radio-loud and radio-quiet objects and show that only radio-loud hosts have spectral energy distributions consistent with predominantly old stellar populations, although the fraction of objects displaying such properties is a decreasing function of radio luminosity.

Many of the spectra presented in this study were obtained as part of the European Southern Observatory (ESO) program P074.A-0333, undertaken using the Visible Multi-Object Spectrograph (VIMOS) instrument on UT3/Melipal. Several observational campaigns have obtained spectra of objects within the SXDF, and Paper II in this series (Vardoulaki et al. 2008, MNRAS, 387, 505) presented spectra for 28 of the brightest 37 radio sources, obtained from a variety of sources. The near-infrared data used here come from the third data release (DR3) of the UKIRT (United Kingdom Infrared telescope) Infrared Deep Sky Survey, while the optical data in the UDS come from the SXDF, which comprises five separate Suprime-Cam pointings.


VLAXL325MH Catalog

The XMM Large Scale Structure survey (XMM-LSS) is an X-ray survey aimed at studying the large scale structure of the Universe. The XMM-LSS field (centered at RA (J2000) = 02h 24m 00.27s, Dec (J2000) = -04o 09' 47.6") is currently being followed up using observations across a wide range of wavelengths, and in their paper the authors present the observational results of a low frequency radio survey of the XMM-LSS field using the Very Large Array at 74 and 325 MHz. This survey will map out the locations of the extragalactic radio sources relative to the large scale structure as traced by the X-ray emission. This is of particular interest because radio galaxies and radio-loud AGN show strong and complex interactions with their small and larger scale environment, and different classes of radio galaxies are suggested to lie at different places with respect to the large scale structure.

For the phase calibration of the radio data, the authors used standard self-calibration at 325 MHz and field-base calibration at 74 MHz. Polyhedron-based imaging as well as mosaicking methods were used at both frequencies. At 74 MHz, the resolution was 30 arcseconds, the median 5-sigma sensitivity was ~ 162 mJy/beam and 666 sources were detected over an area of 132 square degrees. At 325 MHz, the resolution was 6.7 arcseconds, the median 5-sigma sensitivity was 4 mJy/beam, and 847 sources were detected over an area of 15.3 square degrees. At 325 MHz, a region of diffuse radio emission which is a cluster halo or relic candidate was detected.

The observations were conducted using the VLA in July 2003 in the A-configuration (most extended) and in June 2002 in the B-configuration.

This table contains the VLA 325-MHz source list, comprising 605 single sources and 615 components of 237 multiple sources, for a total of 1220 entries. (Notice that, in Section 4.1 of the reference paper, somewhat different numbers are given, i.e., the authors quote 621 single sources and 226 multiple sources). For the multiple sources, each component (A, B, etc.) is listed separately, in order of decreasing brightness.


VLAXL74MHZ Catalog

The XMM Large Scale Structure survey (XMM-LSS) is an X-ray survey aimed at studying the large scale structure of the Universe. The XMM-LSS field (centered at RA (J2000) = 02h 24m 00.27s, Dec (J2000) = -04o 09' 47.6") is currently being followed up using observations across a wide range of wavelengths, and in their paper the authors present the observational results of a low frequency radio survey of the XMM-LSS field using the Very Large Array at 74 and 325 MHz. This survey will map out the locations of the extragalactic radio sources relative to the large scale structure as traced by the X-ray emission. This is of particular interest because radio galaxies and radio-loud AGN show strong and complex interactions with their small and larger scale environment, and different classes of radio galaxies are suggested to lie at different places with respect to the large scale structure.

For the phase calibration of the radio data, the authors used standard self-calibration at 325 MHz and field-base calibration at 74 MHz. Polyhedron-based imaging as well as mosaicking methods were used at both frequencies. At 74 MHz, the resolution was 30 arcseconds, the median 5-sigma sensitivity was ~ 162 mJy/beam and 666 sources were detected over an area of 132 square degrees. At 325 MHz, the resolution was 6.7 arcseconds, the median 5-sigma sensitivity was 4 mJy/beam, and 847 sources were detected over an area of 15.3 square degrees. At 325 MHz, a region of diffuse radio emission which is a cluster halo or relic candidate was detected.

The observations were conducted using the VLA in July 2003 in the A-configuration (most extended) and in June 2002 in the B-configuration.

This table contains the VLA 74-MHz source list, comprising 617 single sources and 108 components of 51 multiple sources, for a total of 725 entries. (Notice that, in Section 4.3 of the reference paper, somewhat different numbers are given, i.e., the authors quote 615 single sources). For the multiple sources, each component (A, B, etc.) is listed separately, in order of decreasing brightness.


VLSSR Catalog

The Very Large Array (VLA) Low-Frequency Sky Survey (VLSS: see Cohen et al. 2007, AJ, 134, 1245) covers 95% of the 3 pi sr of sky area above -30 degrees Declination at most RAs (complete above -10 degrees Declination, while in some areas data are available down to Declinations of -36 degrees) at a frequency of 74 MHz, a resolution of 80", and an average rms map sensitivity of sigma ~ 0.130 Jy/beam. The survey was intended to serve as a low-frequency counterpart to the National Radio Astronomy Observatory (NRAO)-VLA Sky Survey (NVSS) at 1400 MHz, allowing spectral information to be compiled for statistical samples of sources. It also provides a low-frequency sky model.

In their 2012 and 2014 reference papers, the authors present the details of improvements to data processing and analysis which were used for a re-reduction of the VLSS data, which they dub the VLSS redux or VLSSr. They used the VLSS catalogue as a sky model to correct the ionospheric distortions in the data and create a new set of sky maps and corresponding catalog at 73.8 MHz. The VLSS Redux (VLSSr) has a resolution of 75", and an average map rms noise level of sigma ~ 0.1 Jy beam-1. The clean bias is 0.66 x sigma and the theoretical largest angular size is 36 arcminutes. Six previously unimaged fields are included in the VLSSr, which has an unbroken sky coverage over 9.3 steradian above an irregular southern boundary. The final catalog includes 92,965 sources (in the abstract of Lane et al. (2014) it states 92.964 sources). The VLSSr improves upon the original VLSS in a number of areas including imaging of large sources, image sensitivity, and clean bias; however the most critical improvement is the replacement of an inaccurate primary beam correction which caused source flux errors which vary as a function of radius to the nearest pointing center in the VLSS.


VVDS20CM Catalog

The authors of this table conducted a deep survey (rms noise ~ 17 microJansky or uJy) with the Very Large Array (VLA) at 1.4 GHz, with a resolution of 6 arcseconds, of a 1 deg2 region included in the VIRMOS VLT Deep Survey that is centered at RA and Dec (J2000.0) of 02 26 00, -04 30 00, hereafter the VLA-VIRMOS Deep Field, or VLA-VDF. In the same field, they already had multiband photometry down to IAB = 25, and spectroscopic observations were to be obtained during the VIRMOS VLT survey. The homogeneous sensitivity over the whole field allowed them to derive a complete sample of 1054 radio sources (5-sigma limit) down to a limit of 0.08 mJy. In their paper, the authors give a detailed description of the data reduction and of the analysis of the radio observations, with particular care to the effects of clean bias and bandwidth smearing, and of the methods used to obtain the catalog of radio sources. To estimate the effect of the resolution bias on their observations, they have modeled the effective angular-size distribution of the sources in their sample and they have used this distribution to simulate a sample of radio sources. Finally, they present the radio count distribution down to 0.08 mJy derived from the catalog. Their counts are in good agreement with the best fit derived from earlier surveys, and are about 50% higher than the counts in the Hubble Deep Field (HDF). The radio count distribution clearly shows, with extremely good statistics, the change in the slope for the sub-mJy radio sources.

19 of the 1054 radio sources were fitted with multiple components. In such cases, the authors list in the catalog an entry for each of the components, identified with a trailing letter (A, B, C or D) in the source name, and an entry for the whole source, identified with a trailing T in the source name. In these cases the total flux was calculated using the task TVSTAT, which allows the integration of the map values over irregular areas, and the sizes are the largest angular sizes. Thus, this catalog contains 1103 entries on 1054 sources, including 49 entries on individual components of composite sources.


WBHGP20CM Catalog

This table contains the New Catalog of Compact Radio (20-cm) Sources in the Galactic Plane of White et al. (2005). Archival data were combined with more recent observations of the Galactic plane using the Very Large Array to create two new catalogs of compact centimetric radio sources. The 20-cm source catalog contained here covers a longitude range from -20 to +120 degrees in Galactic longitude l; the latitude coverage varies from b = +/- 0.8 to +/- 2.7 degrees. The total survey area is about 331 square degrees; coverage is 90% complete at a flux density threshold of about 14 mJy, and over 5000 sources are recorded. The 6-cm catalog (also available in the HEASARC Browse system as the table WBHGP6CM) covers 43 square degrees in the region -10 degrees < l <42 degrees, |b| < 0.4 degrees to a 90% completeness threshold of 2.9 mJy; over 2700 sources are found. Both surveys have an angular resolution of about 6". These catalogs provide a 30% (at 20 cm) to 50% (at 6 cm) increase in the number of high-reliability compact sources in the Galactic plane, as well as greatly improved astrometry, uniformity, and reliability; they should prove useful for comparison with new mid- and far-infrared surveys of the Milky Way.

The images from which this catalog was constructed are available at the MAGPIS web site, http://third.ucllnl.org/gps


WBHGP6CM Catalog

This table contains the New Catalog of Compact Radio (6-cm) Sources in the Galactic Plane of White et al. (2005). Archival data were combined with more recent observations of the Galactic plane using the Very Large Array to create two new catalogs of compact centimetric radio sources. The 20-cm source catalog (available in the HEASARC Browse system as the table WBHGP20CM) covers a longitude range from -20 to +120 degrees in Galactic longitude l; the latitude coverage varies from b = +/- 0.8 to +/- 2.7 degrees. The total survey area is about 331 square degrees; coverage is 90% complete at a flux density threshold of about 14 mJy, and over 5000 sources are recorded. The 6-cm catalog described here covers 43 square degrees in the region -10 degrees < l <42 degrees, |b| < 0.4 degrees to a 90% completeness threshold of 2.9 mJy; over 2700 sources are found. Both surveys have an angular resolution of about 6". These catalogs provide a 30% (at 20 cm) to 50% (at 6 cm) increase in the number of high-reliability compact sources in the Galactic plane, as well as greatly improved astrometry, uniformity, and reliability; they should prove useful for comparison with new mid- and far-infrared surveys of the Milky Way.

The images from which this catalog was constructed are available at the MAGPIS web site, http://third.ucllnl.org/gps


WENSS Catalog

The Westerbork Northern Sky Survey (WENSS) is a low-frequency radio survey that covers the whole sky north of declination +30 degrees at a wavelength of 92 cm to a limiting flux density of approximately 18 milliJanskies (mJy) at the 5 sigma level. WENSS is a collaboration between the Netherlands Foundation for Research in Astronomy (NFRA/ASTRON) and the Leiden Observatory. The major personnel involved in WENSS include Ger de Bruyn, George Miley, Roeland Rengelink, Yuan Tang, Malcolm Bremer, Huub Rottgering, Ernst Raimond, Martin Bremer, and David Fullagar.

The version of the WENSS Catalog as implemented at the HEASARC is a union of two separate catalogs obtained from the WENSS Website: the WENSS Polar Catalog (18186 sources above +72 degrees declination) and the WENSS Main Catalog (211234 sources in the declination region from +28 to +76 degrees).


WISH Catalog

The Westerbork in the Southern Hemishpere (WISH) is a low-frequency (352 MHz) radio survey that covers most of the sky (the Galactic Plane region |b| < 10 degrees is excluded) between -26 and -9 degrees (1.60 sr) at a wavelength of 92 cm to a limiting flux density of approximately 18 mJy (5 sigma). WISH is the southern extension of the Westerbork Northern Sky Survey (WENSS). Due to the very low elevation of the observations, the survey has a much lower resolution in declination than in right ascension (54" x 54" cosec[delta]). A correlation with the 1.4GHz NVSS (CDS Cat. VIII/65) shows that the positional accuracy is less constrained in declination than in right ascension, but there is no significant systematic error. This table contains 90,357 352-MHz flux density measurements, some of them being multiple observations of the same sources, some of them measurements of individual components of multi-component sources. While the abstract of the reference paper states that there are 73,570 sources in this catalog, the HEASARC counts 77,414 unique sources in this version of the table.

The correlation with the NVSS was also used to construct a sample of faint Ultra Steep Spectrum sources (Table 2 in the reference paper, available at http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/VIII/69A/uss.dat.gz). This sample is aimed at increasing the number of known high redshift radio galaxies to allow detailed follow-up studies of these massive galaxies and their environments in the early Universe.

WISH is a collaboration between the Netherlands Foundation for Research in Astronomy (NFRA/ASTRON) and the Leiden Observatory. Carlos De Breuck, Yuan Tang, Ger de Bruyn, Huub Rottgering, Wil van Breugel, and Roeland Rengelink. For more information, see the WENSS home page at http://www.astron.nl/wow/testcode.php?survey=1.


WMAPPTSRC Catalog

The Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP) is designed to produce all-sky maps of the cosmic microwave background (CMB) anisotropy. The WMAP 9-Year Point Source Catalog contained herein has information on point sources in five frequency bands from 23 to 94 GHz, based on data from the entire 9 years of the WMAP sky survey from 10 Aug 2001 0:00 UT to 10 Aug 2010 0:00 UT, inclusive. The 5-band search technique used in the first-year, 3-year, 5-year and 7-year analyses now finds 501 point sources, compared to 471 point sources found in the 7-year analysis and 390 sources found in the 5-year analysis.

The 5-band search method is largely unchanged from the 7-year analysis (Gold et al. 2011, ApJS, 192, 15). This method searches for point sources in each of the five WMAP wavelength bands. The nine-year signal-to-noise ratio map in each band is filtered in harmonic space by bl/[(bl)2 Cl(cmb) + Cl(noise)], where bl is the transfer function of the WMAP beam response, Cl(cmb) is the CMB angular power spectrum, and Cl(noise) is the noise power. The filtering suppresses CMB and Galactic foreground fluctuations relative to point sources. For each peak in the filtered maps that is > 5 sigma in any band, the unfiltered temperature map in each band is fit with the sum of a planar base level and a beam template formed by convolving an azimuthally symmetrized beam profile with a skymap pixel. (This method was previously used by Weiland et al. (2011, ApJS, 192, 19) for selected celestial calibration sources and is more accurate than the Gaussian fitting that was used for the seven-year and earlier point source analyses). The peak temperature from each beam template fit is converted to a source flux density using the conversion factor Gamma given in Table 3 of the reference paper. The flux density uncertainty is calculated from the 1-sigma uncertainty in the peak temperature, and does not include any additional uncertainty due to Eddington bias. Flux density values are entered into the catalog for bands where they exceed 2 sigma and where the source width from an initial Gaussian fit is within a factor of two of the beam width. A point source catalog mask is used to exclude sources in the Galactic plane and Magellanic cloud regions. This mask has changed from the seven-year analysis in accordance with changes in the KQ85 temperature analysis mask. A map pixel is outside of the nine-year point source catalog mask if it is either outside of the diffuse component of the nine-year KQ85 temperature analysis mask or outside of the seven-year point source catalog mask. The present mask admits 83% of the sky, compared to 82% and 78% for the previous 7-year and 5-year versions, respectively.

The authors identify possible 5-GHz counterparts to the WMAP sources found by cross-correlating with the GB6 (Gregory et al. 1996, ApJS, 103, 427), PMN (Griffith et al. 1994, ApJS, 90, 179; Griffith et al. 1995, ApJS, 97, 347; Wright et al. 1994, ApJS, 94, 111; Wright et al. 1996, ApJS, 103, 145), Kuehr et al. (1981, A&AS, 45, 367), and Healey et al. (2009, AJ, 138, 1032) catalogs. A 5-GHz source is identified as a counterpart if it lies within 11 arcminutes of the WMAP source position (the mean WMAP source position uncertainty is 4 arcminutes). When two or more 5 GHz sources are within 11 arcminutes, the brightest is assumed to be the counterpart and a multiple identification flag is entered in the catalog.

A separate 9-year CMB-free Point Source Catalog (available in Browse as the WMAPCMBFPS table) has information on point sources in three frequency bands from 41 to 94 GHz: the CMB-free method identified 502 point sources in a linear combination map formed from 41, 61 and 94 GHz band maps using weights such that CMB fluctuations are removed and flat-spectrum point sources are retained. The two catalogs have 387 sources in common. As noted by Gold et al. (2011, ApJS, 192, 15), differences in the source populations detected by the two search methods are largely caused by Eddington bias in the five-band source detections due to CMB fluctuations and noise. At low flux levels, the five-band method tends to detect point sources located on positive CMB fluctuations and to overestimate their fluxes, and it tends to miss sources located in negative CMB fluctuations. Other point source detection methods have been applied to WMAP data and have identified sources not found by our methods (e.g., Scodeller et al. (2012, ApJ, 753, 27); Lanz (2012, ADASS 7); Ramos et al. (2011, A&A, 528, A75), and references therein).

For more details of how the point source catalogs were constructed, see Section 5.2.2 of the reference paper.


WSRT20ANEP Catalog

The Westerbork Radio Synthesis Telescope (WSRT) has been used in 2004 to make a deep radio survey of an ~1.7 degree2 field coinciding with the AKARI north ecliptic pole (NEP) deep field. The WSRT survey consisted of 10 pointings, mosaiced with enough overlap to maintain a similar sensitivity across the central region that reached as low as 21 microJanskies/beam (µJy/beam) at 1.4 GHz. The observations, data reduction and source count analysis are presented in the reference paper, along with a description of the overall scientific objectives.

A catalog containing 462 sources detected with a resolution of 17.0 arcsecs by 15.5 arcsecs is presented. The differential source counts calculated from the WSRT data have been compared with those from the shallow VLA-NEP survey of Kollgaard et al. (1994, ApJS, 93, 145), and show a pronounced excess for sources fainter than ~1 mJy, consistent with the presence of a population of star-forming galaxies at sub-mJy flux levels.

The AKARI NEP deep field is the focus of a major observing campaign conducted across the entire spectral region. The combination of these data sets, along with the deep nature of the radio observations will allow unique studies of a large range of topics including the redshift evolution of the luminosity function of radio sources, the clustering environment of radio galaxies, the nature of obscured radio-loud active galactic nuclei, and the radio/far-infrared correlation for distant galaxies. This catalog provides the basic data set for a future series of paper dealing with source identifications, morphologies, and the associated properties of the identified radio sources.


WSRTGP Catalog

The Westerbork Synthesis Radio Telescope (WSRT) in the Netherlands has been used to survey the section of the galactic plane from +42 to +92 degrees Galactic Longitude l at a radio frequency of 327 MHz. Twenty-three overlapping synthesis fields were observed in the Galactic Latitude b band of |b| < 1.6 degrees. Each field was observed at two epochs, several years apart, to identify variable sources. Intensity data from the separate epochs were combined, and the resulting images mosaicked to produce a single image of the entire survey region. The sensitivity of the mosaic is typically a few mJy, corresponding to a detection level as low as 10 mJy/beam. The spatial resolution is 1' by 1' * cosec(Dec).

The survey image provided the first high resolution view of the Galaxy at low radio frequencies, and included sections of the Sagittarius and Cygnus arms. These sections contain numerous extended features, among them supernova remnants, H II regions, "bubbles" of thermal emission, and large patches of amorphous galactic thermal emission. The inter-arm region is characterized by lower densities of extended features, but numerous discrete compact radio sources, most of which are background objects such as quasars and other types of active galactic nuclei. However, the resolution, sensitivity and low frequency of this survey make it ideal for detecting weak, non-thermal compact galactic sources, e.g. compact, low surface brightness SNRs and radio stars.

Inspection of the survey image has produced a catalog of nearly 4000 discrete sources with sizes of less than about 3'. Gaussian model parameters for each compact source in the mosaicked images were obtained using the AIPS routine IMFIT. The background-removed intensity distribution of each source was fitted by a 2-dimensional Gaussian, parametrized by the source position, peak intensity, major and minor axes, and the position angle of the major axis. The catalog contains all sources having peak intensity > 5 times the rms noise level measured in the surrounding area of the image, and lists RA, Dec, flux density, and, if the source is resolved, the deconvolved major and minor axis and the position angle of the source. Sources were identified based on visual inspection of the images. In practice, a source had to have dimensions of less than a few arcminutes to be classified as a compact source. Most (85%) of the sources are either unresolved or only slightly resolved (major axis < 60"), but some sources have dimensions as large as 6'. A source was considered resolved if the area of its Gaussian model was greater than the area of the beam by more than 4 times its uncertainty.

Approximately 15% of the sources are resolved, with dimensions of 1'- 3'. The spatial distribution of resolved sources shows concentrations toward the spiral arms and follows the warping of the Galactic disk over the length of the survey region, indicating that a sizable fraction is Galactic. In the reference paper, spectral indices are calculated for 1313 sources detected in other radio surveys at frequencies greater than 408 MHz. The resolved sources exhibit a bimodal spectral index distribution, with distinct non-thermal and thermal populations. Comparison with the IRAS Point Source Catalogue results in 118 identifications between WSRT and IRAS sources, which are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper. Most of these are thermal radio sources associated with compact Galactic objects such as H II regions and planetary nebulae. A search for variability among 2148 of the compact sources has resulted in 29 candidate low-frequency variable sources, which are listed in Table 2 of the reference paper.

See the project website at http://www.ras.ucalgary.ca/wsrt_survey.html for the WSRTGP images available in JPEG, PostScript, and FITS formats.


Browse Feedback